Issuu on Google+

CAMPUSES DUMFRIES CAMPUS

HAMILTON CAMPUS

PAISLEY CAMPUS

UNIVERSITY AVENUE

DUDGEON HOUSE

ALMADA STREET

PAISLEY

AYR

DUMFRIES

HAMILTON

PA1 2BE

KA8 0SX

DG1 4ZN

ML3 0JB

SCOTLAND

SCOTLAND

SCOTLAND

SCOTLAND

TEL +44 (0)141 848 3000

TEL +44 (0)1292 886000

TEL +44 (0)1387 345800

TEL +44 (0)1698 283100

WWW.UWS.AC.UK 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 OUTWITH UK) UNI-DIRECT@UWS.AC.UK (INTERNATIONAL EMAIL ENQUIRIES – INTERNATIONAL@UWS.AC.UK)

WHAT TO EXPECT 2014 UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2014 WWW.UWS.AC.UK UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2014

AYR CAMPUS

UCAS INSTITUTION CODE U40

UWS 2014_4pp_Cover_ART .indd 1

WWW.UWS.AC.UK UCAS INSTITUTION CODE U40

PARTTIME OPTIONS INVESTMENT PROGRAMME

ADVANCED ENTRY

INDUSTRYSTANDARD FACILITIES

PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE

ON-CAMPUS ACCOMMODATION

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION

STUDENT EXPERIENCE

CAREER FOCUSED COURSES

QUALITY OF LIFE

CAMPUSES STUDY ABROAD

GOOD TRANSPORT LINKS 30/04/2013 11:40


WANT MORE UWS? Discover more online at www.uws.ac.uk

UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2014 UWS 2014_4pp_Cover_ART .indd 2

Find us on Facebook facebook.com/UniWestofScotland and follow us on Twitter twitter.com/UniWestScotland or watch all our latest video content on Youtube.

ALREADY APPLIED? Keep up-to-date with what’s new at UWS at www.youruniversity.uws.ac.uk

NB Please note information in this prospectus is correct at time of print but may be subject to change at a later date. This prospectus is available electronically and in other formats if required. University of the West of Scotland is a registered Scottish charity. Charity number SC002520.

30/04/2013 11:40


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Career-focused courses

Study abroad options

BURSARIES & SCHOLARSHIPS

Around 100 courses in Business; Computing; Creative & Cultural Industries; Education; Engineering; Health, Nursing & Midwifery; Science; Social Sciences and Sport & Exercise – many professionally accredited.

3–12 month opportunities for studying abroad across the EU.

For students outwith Scotland from England, Wales, Northern Ireland, Channel Islands, Isle of Man* and our international students – see page 205 for details.

PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Get the experience you need with paid placement opportunities, work-based learning, work-related learning and practice placements.

Industry-standard facilities Across four campuses including our Centre for Engineering Excellence; state-of-the art nursing simulation wards; specialist computer games, animation and music technology labs; interdisciplinary science labs; as well as suites and studios for performance, education and much more.

Advanced entry With a college qualification, you could gain entry into 2nd or 3rd year of a related UWS degree – see course entries for details.

Favourable cost of living Close to big cities like Glasgow (Paisley is just 10 minutes’ by train) but with a reduced cost of living.

Stunning new student accommodation Affordable student accommodation (guaranteed for first year students) including stunning new accommodation at Ayr and Paisley campuses.

Recognition by professional bodies Including Creative Skillset, The British Psychological Society, Association of Chartered Certified Accountants, Nursing and Midwifery Council, British Computer Society, Royal Society of Chemistry, Institution of Mechanical Engineers and many more.

£200million investment programme That has delivered our £81million Ayr Campus and a £13.2million student residence at Paisley Campus. In addition, we are also developing plans for a £53million investment at our Hamilton Campus.

What to expect *Bursaries for 2014 to be confirmed – see page 205 for details.

Page – 1


Named by CNN as their top travel destination in 2013, Scotland is the place to be. And there’s a huge range of exciting events happening across the country during 2014. But don’t just visit us – make Scotland your home and UWS your university.

Scotland in summary

5.3m

Population: 5.3million (9% of the UK population)

22°c

Average summer temperature: 15–22° Celsius

7°c

Average winter temperature: 5–7° Celsius

1496

Education system dating back to 1496

30,000

30,000 international students from over 180 countries per year

20

Named one of the 20 best trips (National Geographic, 2011)

1,300

international students at UWS

Page – 2

STUDY IN THE WEST OF SCOTLAND


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

The thousands of students who arrive in Scotland to study find a vibrant cultural life; a country steeped in history; dramatic untouched scenery; bustling towns and cities; a world renowned education system and most important of all, a student-friendly lifestyle; if you’d like all of this and a practical and career-focused study experience, UWS is the place for you. Our campuses in Ayr, Dumfries, Hamilton and Paisley offer you an ideal base from which to explore the best of what Scotland has to offer.

With a history of being one of the most innovative countries in the world, Scotland has developed many of the technologies that have changed the way we live – from the television and penicillin, to tidal energy turbines. Scotland’s education system is committed to giving people the opportunity to increase their knowledge, earning potential and status – and a UWS education provides you with an internationally recognised qualification and excellent prospects for a promising future.

Calgary Bay

Page – 3


Page – 4


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Tyndrum

Page – 5


Page – 6


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

The Clyde

Page – 7

Glasgow


4 INSPIRING LOCATIONS Ayr Campus

Page – 8


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Paisley Campus

Hamilton Campus

Page – 9

Dumfries Campus


Contents Scotland’s biggest modern university 12 A global outlook

14

Employment ready

16

A great student experience

18

Your learning experience

20

Your career starts here

22

Go global

26

Your student experience

28

The great outdoors

30

Things to do in Scotland 2014

32

Student friendly campuses

34

Our new Ayr Campus

40

Dumfries Campus

42

Hamilton Campus

44

Paisley Campus

46

Your home life

48

Your social life

58

Sport at UWS

62

Study in Scotland

66

Getting to Scotland

68

Page – 10


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 11


UWS is Scotland’s biggest modern university with origins dating back to 1897.With campuses across the West of Scotland in Ayr, Dumfries, Hamilton and Paisley, our £200m development programme includes our stunning new £81m Ayr Campus and £17.6m investment in student accommodation at Paisley Campus. There are also plans for a £53m investment at our Hamilton Campus. See pages 34–47 to find out more about our campuses.

SCOTLAND’S BIGGEST MODERN UNIVERSITY Open Days 2013 Ayr Thurs 10 Oct 2013 (3–7pm) Dumfries Thurs 3 Oct 2013 (3–7pm) Hamilton Tue 8 Oct 2013 (3–7pm) Paisley Tue 1 Oct 2013 (3–7pm) Come along to one of our Open Days to find out more about UWS. If you can’t make it along, just give us a call on 0800 027 1000 to arrange a visit to your campus of choice. For more details see www.uws.ac.uk/opendays UCAS events We’ll be attending a number of UCAS events across England, Northern Ireland and Wales and will be attending an event on the Isle of Man during 2013 where we’ll be on hand to answer your questions about UWS. To find out when we’re in your local area see our website. Page – 12


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

We put great emphasis on employability, practical experience and entrepreneurship. With our strong focus on the principles of global citizenship, the skills you develop while studying at UWS will be relevant both nationally and internationally. Focusing on you as an individual, we will help you develop personally and professionally, picking up the skills you‘ll need to prepare you for your future career.

We will widen your knowledge through lectures and tutorials; develop skills through practical lab and project work; and you will have the chance to gain real-world experience through tailored placements and work-based/ work-related learning in relevant areas of industry and the professions. Professional recognition is also a key feature of many of our courses. Study abroad and language options are also available. Furthermore, you’ll have support if you need it – whether it’s relating to your studies, to your career planning, or to your personal well-being.

Ayr Campus

Page – 13


A GLOBAL OUTLOOK

Being an international university is central to UWS, and that’s not just in the mix of students across our campuses (our students come from almost 70 different countries), but also in what we teach and how we teach it.

Page – 14


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Our aim is to give you a global outlook to your studies, preparing you to work in an international context at home or overseas, when you graduate. You’ll have the opportunity to engage in course options and extra-curricular activities explicitly designed to help you develop as a global citizen; and you’ll get the chance to take advantage of outward mobility or learning overseas. Our courses are designed to ensure you’ll get the skills and knowledge you need to be able to build your career anywhere in the world. With study abroad options (choose from 21 countries across the EU) and languages offered as part of your course, a UWS degree can take you anywhere. A new initiative in our School of Engineering offers students the chance to spend 2 weeks in China with one our Chinese partner universities on a work shadowing and cultural exchange to gain a global perspective on studies. Under our Memorandum of Understanding with the International School of Holocaust Studies at Yad Vashem in Jerusalem – the world centre for documentation, research, education and commemoration of the Holocaust – we offer students the opportunity to participate in an annual international seminar on Holocaust studies, held by Yad Vashem.

70

Our students come from almost 70 countries across the globe

1300 21

International students

Countries to chose from if you opt to study abroad

80

International partners

Page – 15


UWS has a strong track record of working with industry, business and the third sector.

Employment ready

Page – 16


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Our programmes are designed in collaboration with our partners and we have a strong commitment to ensuring you gain practical (as well as academic) experience, which is gained through work-based/work-related learning and placement, as well as the practical work you’ll undertake as part of your course. Across a range of subjects, there is input from public, private and third sector organisations in the form of lectures, workshops and project work; and many of our courses are recognised by professional bodies. There are industry-standard facilities across four campuses including our Centre for Engineering Excellence; state-of-the art nursing simulation wards; specialist computer games, animation and music technology labs; interdisciplinary science labs; as well as suites and studios for performance, education and much more. You’ll be supported by our careers and employability specialists throughout your time at UWS to make sure you’re ready for your first step after university.

Page – 17


a great student experiencE Page – 18


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

We aim to ensure you have a first-rate experience as a UWS student. In the last National Student Survey (2012), our Civil Engineering, Journalism, Midwifery and Marketing courses came top in Scotland for student satisfaction; Education is ranked by the Times Good University Guide as a Top 10 course in the UK; and our Students’ Association was named University Students’ Association of the Year at the NUS Scotland Awards 2013.

Ayr Campus

Dumfries Campus

Page – 19


Page – 20


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

YOUR LEARNING EXPERIENCE   

3 8 100 3 Faculties

Schools

Around 100 undergraduate courses to choose from Opportunities for you Practical experience, study abroad options, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries from pages 72–201 – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE Work-related/work-based learning and placement is available as part of selected courses – see course entries for details.

Study abroad You may have the opportunity to spend time studying abroad, gaining credit towards your degree, at one of our 80 partner institutions across the EU.

professional Recognition Selected courses are recognised by professional bodies – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.

Page – 21


YOUR CAREER STARTS HERE Our links with employers, practical opportunities and professional recognition give you a head start in the employment market.

Page – 22


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Links with employers Our courses are developed in liaison with business, industry and the professions meaning we offer the most relevant, flexible and practical opportunities. These highly vocational programmes arm you with strong employability skills. Our courses also attract guest lecturers from connected professions.

“UWS lecturers give plenty of support – the quality of teaching is brilliant and if you need extra help you are encouraged to ask questions.” Michaela Surridge, BSc Physics

£13,500 Average placement salary†

*Figures based on a recent report from independent market research company High Fliers. †

Based on 2011/12 figure.

Stuart Bruce UWS Engineering graduate

“I graduated with a Mechanical Engineering degree in 2004, part of this degree included a placement in Hoover during my third year. At the end of my placement I was told Hoover were interested in offering me a job once I had graduated. By accepting their offer, I managed to avoid the normal anxieties that accompany end of year exams and final projects, and the stress of looking for a job! During my time at Hoover I got to travel to the Far East and across Europe and I have since advanced my career to be a Project Manager for Howden (who have their global headquarters in Glasgow). I now project manage air and gas handling equipment for clients around the world, adding several stamps to an already full passport. The majority of my projects are now situated in China and India with less frequent visits to Europe and America. I’m still based in Paisley along with my wife and young sons, and consider myself both an honorary ‘Scot’ and ‘Paisley Buddie’. If I look back on the whole university experience, the bit that was most important was the placement at Hoover which is directly responsible for my career so far — and for having to replace passports with alarming regularity.” Page – 23

Practical experience Over a third of new graduate jobs are won by candidates who have had work experience with that employer*. In a competitive job market, work experience can make a big difference to your future. We offer a range of practical experience†, including placement (some of which is paid); work-based learning; work-related learning and practice placements, all underpinned by academic staff and student support services. The benefits • boosts confidence • improves commercial awareness and business acumen • builds people skills such as communication, problem-solving, team work and self management • improves knowledge about your skills, strengths and abilities • opportunity to network and build up industry contacts • turns your theoretical knowledge into practical experience See our course entries for more details about practical experience opportunities. *Figures based on a recent report from independent market research company High Fliers. Students will be expected to source and organise placements; support will be given by our School and careers staff in setting these up.

We offer degree level study in Business; Computing; Creative & Cultural Industries; Education; Engineering; Health, Nursing & Midwifery; Science; Social Sciences; and Sport & Exercise.


Page – 24


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

ProfessionalLY RECOGNISED Many of our courses are professionally recognised by leading organisations such as Creative Skillset, The British Psychological Society, Association of Chartered Certified Accountants, Nursing and Midwifery Council, British Computer Society, Royal Society of Chemistry and Institution of Mechanical Engineers, to name a few. See individual course entries for details. Advanced entry Advanced entry opportunities are available across many of our programmes. If you’ve already gained a college qualification – or are working towards one – you may be able to use it for entry to the second or third year of a related UWS degree. We also offer advanced entry to those with relevant A-Level or equivalent qualifications; and our close working relationships with a number of EU and international partners allows our international students to gain entry to year 3 or 4 of a related UWS degree. To help you make the move from college to university study, our Next Steps module can help you further develop skills in study techniques, learning styles, exam preparation and presentation. See course entries for more details.

Page – 25

World-leading research We take research seriously at UWS. The 2008 Research Assessment Exercise* identified our research activity as being world-leading in 6 areas and internationally excellent in a further 7. We work with universities, research centres and industry experts worldwide, which means that your teaching and learning experience is delivered by academic staff who are working at the cutting-edge of innovation. There are a number of research institutes across the University, who work in areas such as education, youth and community; creative technologies and applied computing; biomedical and environmental health; clinical exercise and health science; care and practice improvement; mental health; healthcare associated infection; maternal child and family health and older persons’ health and wellbeing. You can read more about our research activity in the School sections within this prospectus, or visit www.uws. ac.uk/research for more details.

Part-time study You can study many of the programmes in this prospectus on a part-time basis, to combine your studies with work or other commitments. You may also select from a range of individual modules on a day, evening or online basis to further tailor your studies making sure it’s as convenient as possible to fit study around your life. You can get credit for existing qualifications and experience and funding may be available, see www.uws.ac.uk/pt

John McDonald UWS Business graduate

“On leaving school I wanted to first of all get a grounding of the general landscape and language of business before honing in on the disciplines of marketing and management at university. My ambition was to work in marketing or advertising, but I really wasn’t sure which sector to focus on or how best to get there; although I knew I certainly wanted to work internationally. The course at UWS offered a 360 degree perspective of operational business practice, within a dynamic learning environment of lectures, tutorials and case-studies.

4 star research representation in Allied Health Professions and Studies; Accounting and Finance; Business and Management Studies; Social Work and Social Policy & Administration; Education; and Communication, Cultural and Media Studies (Research Assessment Exercise 2008).

*

Most of my career so far has been in marketing, communications and development for the creative and cultural industries. I’ve worked internationally and I am currently the Director of Communications at the prestigious Canadian Centre for Architecture (CCA), in Montreal. I am still acquiring knowledge and developing skills in the business and enterprise context – you never stop – but I am certainly doing so on top of a solid foundation that was set at UWS.”


GO GLOBAL Enhance your university experience and improve your job prospects, with study abroad and language options.

Page – 26


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

1300

Lucy Guinard UWS Business graduate

1300 international students

“To begin with, I wasn’t sure about further study, however as a result of the opportunities I got at UWS I’ve gained a career I love in Paris! After leaving school I was convinced that the way forward was to seek employment rather than furthering my education, but quite quickly I found a job where the management encouraged me to further my skills through parttime education. This was a perfect set up as I could start earning a living whilst also developing my knowledge through studies. However, the company eventually relocated abroad and since I had already started a part-time course in Business at UWS in Hamilton I took up my studies full-time. During these three years I had the opportunity to complete an exchange programme (Erasmus) which would see me spending 6 months studying in Copenhagen, Denmark. In Copenhagen, I lived and studied with students from all over the world. This was a fantastic experience and I made many friends of a variety of different nationalities, one of whom – a Frenchman – would later become my husband! After moving to Paris 7 years ago, I firstly taught Business English within the Paris Stock Exchange. I am now working within the International Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) where I continue to draw upon the skills I developed as a result of my UWS Business degree. The OECD encourage its staff to develop their knowledge within the organisation through internships and various internal training programmes; and I enjoy travelling the world to organise their events.”

Page – 27

21

21 EU countries to choose from as part of the study abroad programme

80

around 80 European partners

70

our students come from almost 70 countries across the globe

UWS language options You can choose to study a language – French, German or Spanish – as an option on most of the courses in this prospectus and use this to enhance your job prospects by adding foreign language skills to your CV. You can also combine language study with your main area of degree study to achieve a Major/ Minor degree combination, for example, Applied Bioscience with a language, Chemistry with a language, Multimedia with a language or Computer Animation with a language. You can pick up a language from scratch or build on prior knowledge. The focus is on practical language skills that you can use in social, academic and business contexts, and many classes are taught by native speakers. For total language immersion, classes are conducted in the foreign language as much as possible. There may also be opportunities to use the language skills you’ve gained to undertake placement or study abroad (see opposite) through our links with Erasmus partners across Europe.

Study abroad With 3-12 month opportunities to study abroad from a choice of 21 countries across the EU and the US, you’ll get the chance to broaden your horizons, live and study in another country, and improve your career prospects through the Erasmus programme. Many EU partners teach in English, so it’s not essential that you’re fluent in a foreign language. See course entries for details. A new initiative in our School of Engineering offers students the chance to spend 2 weeks in China with one of our Chinese partner universities on a work shadowing and cultural exchange programme enabling students to gain a global perspective on their studies.

International community Our links with educational institutions all over Europe and beyond also mean that, here at UWS, there is a thriving international student community giving the University a truly international flavour.


YOUR STUDENT EXPERIENCE Your academic experience will be fully supported by our expert staff, innovative learning methods and excellent facilities.

Page – 28


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Supporting you Our Student Link is your first port of call if you need advice – our specialist support teams, based at each campus, can offer information about everything from enrolling on your course, to giving the advice you need during your studies. Whether it’s a question about funding, careers, specialist advice for international students, or personal issues – we can help. Careers ADVIce Our Careers and Employability Service operates across the campuses, and incorporates the Careers Service and Job Shop directing students to part-time, summer and vacation work; temporary positions within the University; voluntary opportunities and placement support. For more information on the full range of services available visit www.uws.ac.uk/careers

YOUR Learning Learning methods include lectures, tutorials, labs, group and individual work, projects and placements. Your assessments will be facilitated by a variety of methods including classwork, exams, class tests, lab work, coursework, projects and presentations.

Study FACILITIES Across all four of our campuses, there are well-equipped libraries suitable for individual or group study; over half a million items on the shelves; a wealth of online resources; wi-fi and hundreds of PC workstations with free e-mail and web access. And our friendly and helpful library team are always on hand to help if you can’t find what you need. You’ll also get access to Moodle, our Virtual Learning Environment, which provides access, from any location, to online course materials, lecture notes, and tutor/student discussion boards.

Our Careers Service has achieved national accreditation for the quality of our provision, against the ‘Matrix’ standard, an external national quality standard for information, advice and guidance services.

Martin Boyle UWS Computing graduate

“In 1991 when I enrolled on my course at UWS, the internet was a fledgling technology and the first website had just been built and put online. It was an exciting time and the course provided me with an excellent grounding in business practices and the use of information technology that I have used throughout my career. While working for IBM during the sandwich year of my degree I realised that I could use my training as a stepping stone to start an amazing journey. With a lifelong ambition to study martial arts in Japan, when I graduated I applied for the Japan Exchange and Teaching Programme (JET) and spent the next two years in a small village in Northern Japan. I then used my degree to secure a position teaching at Daegu University in South Korea for a year. Next stop on my journey was Hobart, Australia. I spent two years working as a Project Manager for the State Government managing technology and innovation projects. Looking for another challenge I changed careers and spent the next several years as a Manager for the Tasmania State Emergency Service and Australian Customs and Border Protection. This led me to my current role coordinating field support and emergency management for the Australian Antarctic Division. I’ve worked across East Antarctica and the sub-Antarctic for the past five years and have been south on six occasions with expeditions ranging from two weeks to more than six months. It’s a truly amazing environment and I am very fortunate to have been to places in Antarctica where no one else has set foot before. My first degree set me on a path that I am still following.”

Page – 29


THE GREAT OUTDOORS

The West of Scotland plays home to some of the world’s most stunning natural scenery and wildlife. From enchanting mountain tops, serene glens and mysterious lochs, to idyllic white sandy beaches, turquoise seas and the odd palm tree, Scotland’s landscape never fails to dazzle and is guaranteed to leave you with lasting memories. Highlands and Islands An area of stunning natural beauty, the Highlands and Islands will take your breath away – wildlife enthusiasts can spot seals, dolphins or observe seabirds nesting high in the hills. Golf courses and mountainbiking tracks provide plenty of options if you prefer a more energetic choice, or why not wander along sandy beaches that wouldn’t look out of place in an exotic holiday brochure. Burns Country, Ayrshire Home to our £81million Ayr Campus (see page 40) and just an hours’ drive from Glasgow, Ayrshire is known for sandy beaches, its world-class golf courses Turnberry and Royal Troon; horseracing and of course Ayr is the birthplace of Robert Burns, Scotland’s national bard.

Malliag

Page – 30


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

City vibes

If you enjoy a bit of hustle and bustle without the expense of city living, then you’ll love the easy access our campuses provide to Scotland’s biggest city; Glasgow, and to our capital city; Edinburgh. Frequent public transport means that you are never too far from these energetic cities.

Leisure and shopping Scotland’s arts and cultural scene includes world-class music, visual art, architecture and literature. Many excellent galleries and museums are free to visit. Scotland offers excellent facilities for sport with some of the world’s finest golf-courses as well as Olympic sized swimming pools, outdoor ski slopes and a national network of cycling routes. Shopping is an exciting mix of exclusive brands and modern malls and historic shopping streets with smaller independent retailers. Famed for the excellence of its local produce, eating out in Scotland is a pleasure from traditional tea-rooms to busy bistros.

Glasgow

Glasgow

Page – 31

Edinburgh

Glasgow Glasgow – dubbed ‘city with style’ – is arguably one of the UK’s most exciting cities and is just 10 minutes from Paisley Campus by train. Steeped in history, yet undeniably modern and cutting-edge, it’s one of Scotland’s friendliest, most welcoming cities. Its music scene and its pubs, clubs and restaurants could keep you busy every night of the week. The city also offers one of the best retail experiences in the UK outside of London. Edinburgh Over on the east coast, you’ll find Scotland’s capital city Edinburgh, the seat of the Scottish parliament and government. The city – nicknamed the ‘Athens of the North’ – is watched over by the iconic 12th century castle. The Old Town and New Town districts of Edinburgh are UNESCO World Heritage Sites and there are over 4,500 listed buildings. It’s a lively, cosmopolitan and cultured city, with superb museums, art galleries, shopping, pubs, clubs, restaurants and plentiful shopping opportunities.


T in the Park

Page – 32


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

THINGS TO DO IN SCOTLAND 2014

There’s plenty to see and do in Scotland during 2014. Everyone is invited to join in the Year of Homecoming; and with the Commonwealth Games and Ryder Cup coming up as well as a programmme of exciting events, Scotland is the place to be in 2014.

10 events for 2014 Year of Homecoming 2014

This year-long programme of events will be celebrating the very best of Scotland’s food and drink, our fantastic active and natural resources as well as our creativity, culture and ancestral heritage. Celtic Connections (January) Featuring over 300 concerts, ceilidhs, talks, free events, late night sessions and workshops, the festival focuses on the roots of traditional Scottish music and also features international folk, roots and world music artists. Burns an’ a’ that! (May) Celebrate Robert Burns at the Burns an’ a’ that! Festival in his home region of Ayrshire with a range of exciting events from traditional music and Scottish art to contemporary concerts from famous musicians. Rockness (June) Touted as ‘the best weekend of the summer’, this annual music festival takes place on the banks of Loch Ness – hence it’s known not only as “the most beautiful festival in the world” but also “the only festival with its own monster”. A great place to see the best in alternative, rock, indie and electronica. And possibly a monster. The Wickerman Festival (June) This annual music festival, held near to Dundrennan in Dumfries and Galloway, is known as ‘Scotland’s Alternative Music festival’. Named after the classic 70s horror film, The Wicker Man, it’s been compared to a smaller version of Glastonbury with a varied range of musical acts on offer.

Ben Nevis

Page – 33

Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth Games (July) Get ready to ‘roar yourself hoarse’ at Glasgow’s Commonwealth Games 2014. The world’s top athletes representing 17 sports will be competing over 11 days from July 2014 for Commonwealth gold – all eyes are set to be on Glasgow for this unique event. T in the Park (July) Yes it usually rains and yes, that means a mudbath… but T is one of the friendliest and best-loved festivals in the UK, drawing a partymad crowd. Previous acts have included Elbow, The Stone Roses, David Guetta and Beyonce. Great for checking out up and coming talent too. Edinburgh Festival (August) The largest annual cultural festival in the world, the Edinburgh Festival is the collective term for the many arts and cultural festivals that take place each summer – a riot of dance, theatre, comedy, music, art and much more. Wigtown Book Festival (September) Hosting the biggest names in books, this exciting annual literary festival is a ‘must attend’ event in Scotland’s cultural calendar. The Royal National Mòd (October) Scotland’s premier Gaelic festival – which is set to be held in Paisley during 2013 – provides opportunities for people of all ages to perform across a range of competitive disciplines including Gaelic music and song, highland dancing, drama, sport and literature.

Oban


For our lifestyle guide to the four campuses, which details recommendations from current students on where to eat, drink, shop, dance, explore and visit in our campus towns see www.uws.ac.uk

Page – 34


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

STUDENT FRIENDLY CAMPUSES

Our four well-equipped, student friendly campuses in Ayr, Dumfries, Hamilton and Paisley offer you a gateway to the best of what Scotland has to offer.

Page – 35


Ayr Campus

Dumfries Campus

Page – 36


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

4

campuses £200million campus investment

£81m

£81million campus by the river Ayr opened in August 2011

85

85 acre parkland campus in Dumfries

£53m

Plans for a £53million investment at Hamilton Campus

£13.2m

New £13.2million student residence at Paisley Campus

Ayr Campus

Page – 37

Industry-standard facilities Across all our campuses


Page – 38


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 39


Page – 40


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

OUR NEW Ayr Campus

Our state-of-the-art £81million campus by the River Ayr opened in August 2011 and is a 10 minute walk from the town centre. Inspired by the area’s woodland surroundings, the campus is a stunning space for study.

Undergraduate courses in Ayr include aircraft engineering; business; computing; creative industries; education; and health and nursing. Facilities include new student accommodation (see page 48); some of Scottish higher education’s finest facilities with suites, studios and labs for performance, music, broadcasting, education and healthcare; industry-standard recording facilities; a student-run digital radio station; student union; a library; coffee bar and atrium (The Canteen); student services featuring careers and funding advice, job shop, counselling, and disability support; wi-fi access; and access to extensive riverside walkways and cycle paths. About Ayr With a population of 50,000, the coastal town of Ayr is located just under 60 minutes from the centre of Glasgow by road or rail. The town has become increasingly student focused, offering an eclectic range of venues for socialising and entertainment. Packed full of historical sites, visitor attractions and cultural and leisure pursuits, the landscape surrounding the town varies from rolling hills, parkland, moors and dense forests to dramatic coastlines and long, sandy beaches. Outdoor pursuits are plentiful including sailing, quad biking, horse-riding, football, rugby, hockey and tennis – as well as shops, bars, restaurants and nightclubs. For more information visit www.ayr.org

The best thing about the Ayr Campus is… The Canteen at the Atrium. Light and airy, with views out to the River Ayr, it’s busy but never crowded – a great place for a coffee.

Page – 41

Open Days 2013 Ayr Thurs 10 Oct 2013 (3–7pm)

2011

Opened in 2011

£81m

New £81million campus

10

minutes from Ayr town centre

2,500

Around 2,500 students

6

Home to 6 UWS Schools

Green credentials We were awarded a prestigious Green Gown Award for ‘Modernisation – Effectiveness and Efficiency in the Estate’ for our Ayr Campus Runner-up 2013

Our £81million Ayr Campus was a runner up in the facilities category of the Guardian’s University Awards 2013

Travel • Glasgow is just under 1 hour away by train or car • Excellent road and rail links to Ayr • Frequent bus and rail services operate from Glasgow and the south-west and further afield to Ayr • Glasgow Prestwick International Airport approx 5 miles from campus with direct train link to Ayr town centre


Combining historic buildings with modern facilities, it’s a shared campus, with the University of Glasgow and Dumfries & Galloway College, which has a beautiful setting with views of the Galloway Hills. Undergraduate courses in Dumfries cover business; applied enterprise (creative industries); computing; information technology; childhood studies; adult nursing; mental health nursing; and social work. Facilities on campus include state-ofthe-art nursing skills labs; the library; a range of student services; a games hall, gym and fitness studio; an active Students’ Association and wi-fi access. Choosing Dumfries Campus means that you’ll benefit from small class sizes, low staff: student ratios and a friendly study environment, yet you’ll also be able to make the most of the services and resources of a large modern university.

Page – 42

Dumfries Campus Our friendly Dumfries Campus is located within a historic 85-acre parkland estate, two miles from the centre of Dumfries.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

About Dumfries and Galloway With a population of 38,000, Dumfries forms the hub of Dumfries & Galloway, a region of rugged coastlines, sandy beaches and tranquil lochs. The town of Dumfries offers a good range of leisure, retail and entertainment venues. Outdoor sports and leisure pursuits are well-catered for with cycling, golf, mountain biking, water sports, hillwalking and fishing. For more information go to www.visitdumfriesandgalloway.co.uk

Open Days 2013 Dumfries Thurs 3 Oct 2013 (3–7pm)

2 miles

2 miles from the centre of Dumfries

85

Located in an 85-acre parkland estate

5

Home to 5 UWS Schools Travel Regular bus and rail services operate to Dumfries from the nearby English city of Carlisle and from both Edinburgh to the north-east and Glasgow to the north-west. See our website for more travel information www.uws.ac.uk

The best thing about Dumfries Campus is… Crichton Estate. The beautiful landscaped grounds of the campus are unique, with historic red sandstone buildings and plenty of green space for picnicking on sunny days.

1,000

Around 1000 UWS students

Julie McElroy UWS Computing graduate

“I completed a Higher National Diploma and then applied to UWS, particularly attracted by its course in Information Technology. I gained direct entry into the third year of the degree course to study part-time, around the same time I was approached by the BBC who suggested an unusual way of spending the Easter break — in a ten-member team of disabled young people trekking from the Amazon Basin to the Pacific Coast. The trek was both physically and mentally tough for me, as I have cerebral palsy, but it boosted my confidence in my abilities.

Page – 43

I resumed my studies with fresh enthusiasm and was so motivated that I decided to go on to study for an additional Honours year. I graduated in 2010, winning the University’s Court Medal for the highest achieving student. I’m now studying for a PhD, investigating Assistive Technologies that will help other students with disabilities in Further and Higher Education. I expect to complete my doctorate in 2015 and there are also other areas of opportunity to work alongside people with disabilities, such as the allied health professions, bioengineering and the NHS. I always have and will continue to rely on technology, and I want to make a contribution back.

I’ve been an Olympic Torchbearer, carrying the torch 300 metres through Glasgow city centre to herald the opening of the London 2012 Olympics. In November 2012, I was awarded the Cardonald College Fellowship. It is a very prestigious accolade and I am the first female and youngest person to receive a Fellowship. I am currently working with the Evening Times to promote awareness of each of the Para-Sports which will be included in the Glasgow2014 Commonwealth Games where I’m trying out all five ParaSports ahead of next year’s event. Each of my attempts to master the events will feature in the Evening Times and online via Glasgow 2014.”


Page – 44


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Hamilton Campus Just eleven miles from Glasgow, Hamilton Campus is a vibrant, friendly place to study.

Our Hamilton Campus is in the centre of town – close to Hamilton Central and Hamilton West train stations. Undergraduate courses include business; computing; journalism; health, nursing and midwifery; education; engineering; science; social sciences; and sport and exercise. Facilities include simulation wards for nursing and midwifery training; a refurbished library; wi-fi access; a broad range of support services at the Student Link; Centre for Engineering Excellence; a sports & leisure centre; a range of catering facilities (The Canteen); self-catering halls of residence (see page 51); a students’ union; and campus shops. About Hamilton Scotland’s 5th largest town, Hamilton is close to some of the most scenic parts of Scotland and offers a wealth of activities, sites of historical interest and superb scenery. It’s a short train journey from Glasgow, and Edinburgh and Stirling are also within easy reach. The town is surrounded by a landscape of softly sloping hills, featuring a golf course, racecourse and mature woodland walks. The surrounding area features a number of country parks and nature reserves such as Strathclyde Park; and many sporting and leisure activities, including football, rugby, golf, sailing, tennis, tenpin bowling, swimming and horseriding. The town centre offers plenty of shopping options as well as a 9-screen cinema, theatre and a host of bars, nightclubs and restaurants. CAMPUS INVESTMENT Plans are currently being developed for a £53million investment in our Hamilton Campus. The project will deliver some of the best university facilities in Scoltand, providing a learning environment that will give our students a truly inspirational experience.

Page – 45

Open Days 2013 Hamilton Tue 8 Oct 2013 (3–7pm)

5,000

Almost 5,000 students

£2.1m

Centre for Engineering Excellence

8

Home to 8 UWS Schools

£53m

Plans for a £53million campus investment underway

THE BEst thing about Hamilton Campus is… The library. Helpful staff, lots of natural daylight and it’s the most peaceful place on campus.

Travel • Excellent road and rail links from Glasgow and surrounding areas • Located 11 miles south of Glasgow • Most trains on the main line from London and the Midlands to Glasgow stop at Motherwell – 10 minutes from Hamilton • Fast and frequent train service from Hamilton to Glasgow • Campus is a 5 minute walk from Hamilton West train station • Campus is 2 hours from Cairnryan ferry terminal


Paisley Campus Located in the centre of Paisley, a short walk from Paisley Gilmour Street train station, courses include business; computing; engineering; health, nursing and midwifery; science; social sciences; and sport and exercise. In addition to a substantial range of student accommodation, our new £13.2million student residence is now open (see page 52). On-campus facilities include interdisciplinary science laboratories; specialist computer games, animation and music technology labs; industry-standard design and engineering facilities; nursing and midwifery teaching areas and skills labs; the Students’ Union; Student Link; a range of catering outlets (The Canteen); student services; wi-fi access; library; campus shop and the recently upgraded Robertson Trust Sports Centre (on the outskirts of town).

Page – 46

About Paisley With a population of 74,000, Paisley combines heritage and history with all the facilities you’d expect from Scotland’s second largest town. Explore the Paisley Museum and Art Galleries and Paisley Arts Centre; take in the stunning architecture of the 12th century Abbey; or indulge in some retail therapy, with Glasgow – one of the UK’s best shopping venues – just a 10-minute train journey away.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Stephen Hume UWS Creative and Cultural Industries graduate

Page – 47

“With my heart set on a career in music I applied to study Commercial Music at the University. What appealed to me about the course was its flexible nature and the opportunity to learn about three different strands of the industry; performance, business and technology. Though I started out as a performer I ended up after my four years focussing on the business side of things. The course has stood me in good stead, in fact, I got my first industry job with one of the guest lecturers in my first year. I’m now Programmer and Music Development Officer at a music venue in Stirling called the Tolbooth; booking bands such as Mogwai, James, Twin Atlantic and Frightened Rabbit whilst also running workshops for young musicians who want to enter the industry. This business is all about hard work and dedication, and I definitely wouldn’t be where I am today without having studied on the Commercial Music course.”

Open Days 2013 Paisley Tue 1 Oct 2013 (3–7pm)

10

Just 10 minutes from Glasgow city centre

8,000

Around 8,000 students

7

Home to 7 UWS schools

£13.2m

New £13.2m student residence

The best thing about Paisley Campus is… The Union. A stylish building over three levels with gigs (most recently Frightened Rabbit and The View), bar and café area with free wi-fi.

Travel • less than 3 miles from Glasgow International Airport • 10 minutes by train from Glasgow • The M8 motorway, linking the M74, A77/M77 and M80, offers easy access to Paisley from the rest of Scotland and the south, plus a fast, direct route to the centre of Glasgow • Regular public bus and rail services operate from Glasgow and the southwest as well as further afield, to Paisley


Page – 48


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

YOUR HOME LIFE

Choosing UWS student accommodation means you’ll get to enjoy a superb standard of accommodation at a much lower cost than city living. It’s also a great way to meet new people and make friends, in a safe, secure and fun environment.

Page – 49


Ayr Campus stylish en-suite accommodation

5 minutes’

walk from the main campus building

194

spacious en-suite bedrooms, grouped in flats of 6, each with a fully-fitted shared kitchen and lounge area; 2 data points in each bedroom onsite laundry room, common room, games area and wi-fi access

6

self-contained studio flats warden cover in the residence and front desk reception (24 hour cover)

£106

per week for an en-suite bedroom and £137 per week single occupancy/£157 per week double occupancy for a studio flat costs inclusive of kitchen and bedding pack, crockery and cutlery, contents insurance, and electricity

Page – 50


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“The standard of accommodation is amazing, even my friends who visit comment on it. It’s been a good decision to come to Scotland to study, I’ve made lots of new friends. I feel more independent studying away from home and the money advice I’ve received from UWS has been really helpful.” Catherine Campbell, BEng Civil Engineering

Page – 51

Hamilton Campus

2 minutes’

walk from campus close to classes, the library, leisure club, students’ union and The Canteen catering outlets

156

purpose-built flats accommodate 156 residents (single study bedrooms grouped in flats with shared toilet/ shower facilities and open-plan kitchen and lounge areas)

£82

£82 per week, inclusive of kitchen and bedding pack, electricity and gas costs and contents insurance cover warden cover in the residence and front desk reception (24 hour cover)


Paisley Campus Storie Street residence

George Street and Lady Lane flats

1 minutes’

newly refurbished, furnished flats on the edge of Paisley Campus – each comprise study bedrooms, wellequipped open-plan kitchen/lounge areas, and shower and toilet facilities

walk from campus, with easy access to classes, the library, students’ union and The Canteen catering outlets

£13.2m

new £13.2million residence on Paisley Campus in a prime location close to the centre of town and on the University campus

336

spacious en-suite rooms in flats of 6 each with fully-fitted, shared kitchen and lounge area; 2 data points in each bedroom onsite laundry room, common room, games area and wi-fi access 13 accessible rooms available warden cover in the residence and front desk reception (24 hour cover)

£106

en-suite bedroom £106 per week and including kitchen and bedding pack, crockery/cutlery, contents insurance, gas and electricity

Page – 52

£106

single room (shared flat) – £106 per person/week single room flat (single occupancy) – £137 per person/week single room flat (double occupancy) – £154 per flat/week prices are inclusive of electricity and gas (where applicable), crockery and cutlery, kitchen and bedding pack, and contents insurance cover


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Dumfries Campus In Dumfries, students may apply for a place in the University of Glasgow managed accommodation on campus under our partnership agreement with them. We can also provide listings and advice on private accommodation. For help finding accommodation in Dumfries, please call 01387 702060 or email dumfries@uws.ac.uk

Page – 53


Page – 54


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Ayr Campus

Paisley Campus

Page – 55


Page – 56


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Priority places Priority for places is normally given to first year students who live more than 40 miles from the campus towns, or more than an hour’s travelling time away. International student discounts Provided you apply by 27 July, all single, non EU international students are guaranteed a place in University accommodation and EU students are given priority for remaining places. A 5% discount on the full accommodation fee, after deduction of any bursary, is offered to international (non EU) students staying in the University’s residential accommodation, as long as accommodation fees are paid in full prior to or on enrolment and provided this is within one week of formal classes commencing. Eligibility conditions apply – for further details see our website.

Accommodation contacts As soon as you have an offer of a place of study you can apply for accommodation using our online student accommodation booking system.Visit www. uws.ac.uk/accommodation More info For more information on accommodation visit our website or email placetostay@uws.ac.uk NB Prices quoted are based on 2012/13 figures and will vary. NB The University accommodation is not suitable for families. Overseas students intending to bring family to Scotland while studying should email us at the address listed above for advice.

Ayr Campus

Page – 57


1

st

University Students’ Association of the Year NUS Scotland Awards 2013

Page – 58


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

YOUR SOCIAL LIFE It’s not all about hard work – being a student means a whole new lifestyle. You’ll get out what you put in, so make the most of our clubs, societies and events which run all year round.

Page – 59


The Students’ Association of University of the West of Scotland (SAUWS) was named University Students’ Association of the Year at the NUS Scotland Awards 2013.

Page – 60

UWS takes entertainment seriously with our Students’ Association energetically organising and delivering a wide range of social and sporting events on your behalf. It’s commonly said that the friends you make at university will be your friends for life and at UWS there are plenty of opportunities to make new connections. Get your first Trimester off to a good start with Freshers’ Week, an unmissable programme of fun events and an essential initiation to university life. The Union bars stream major sporting events; host regular quiz nights, comedy evenings and international events, and provide pool tables and games areas accommodating large and small groups alike.

Clubs & societies UWS supports a diverse range of clubs and societies, including: Amateur Dramatics; Anime; Chemical Engineering; Chess; Christian Union; Out an Aboot Society; Photography; International Students; Computer Networking; Dance Club; Dodgeball; Drama; Events; Film Making; Debating Society; Tabletop Games Society; ISOC; and LGBT (Lesbian, Gay and Bisexual); as well as general interest activity like the Students’ Newspaper and Students’ Radio. There are also a variety of sports clubs available (see page 63). Details on the clubs or how to start your own are available at www.sauws.org.uk


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

REPRESENTATION, ADVICE AND CAMPAIGNS SAUWS aim to be a student-led representative body who campaign to continually enrich and improve your student experience. SAUWS represent your needs and provide support, well-being and social services for all UWS students. As well as campaigning on your behalf, SAUWS provide advice on matters such as money, study skills, housing, health, childcare and much more.

Freshers’ Week An unmissable programme of fun events and an essential initiation to university life.

VOLUNTEER WITH SAUWS Volunteering is a great way to meet new people, learn new skills, pursue your passions and make your time at UWS a lot of fun. Whatever it is you may be interested in, you’ll be supported by SAUWS staff along the way. Contact volunteer@sauws.org.uk TRANSITION UWS The SAUWS Transition project has been supporting students, staff and the wider community to reduce their impact on the environment since 2011. UWS students can get involved by joining in with a project, volunteering for Transition UWS or starting their own project.

Page – 61

The Canteen The Canteen catering outlets deliver the kind of relaxing environments on campus that are normally found on the high street. Our facilities across the campuses have become a hub for UWS students and staff to socialise, and relax. Offering excellent value for money, there are restaurants, coffee shops and vending grab and go facilities across our campuses. Menus are designed by our professional chefs and follow healthy eating principles.


SPORT AT UWS With well-equipped and low cost facilities at our Paisley and Hamilton campuses; and a wide range of sports clubs to choose from, it’s easy to maintain a healthy body and mind.

Page – 62


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

The leisure centre at Hamilton Campus opens 7 days a week and includes a multi-gym area and games hall. Our Robertson Trust Sports Centre, close to Paisley Campus, is also open 7 days and has extensive facilities including a modern gym; three all-weather floodlit pitches for team sports; a large sports hall hosting badminton, netball, basketball, table tennis, aerobics and martial arts; and full-size turf pitches and a training area for rugby, football, Gaelic football and American football. In Dumfries students have access to the sports facilities in the Dumfries & Galloway College building on campus, and in Ayr there are cycleways and riverside walks around campus along with a wealth of local sports facilities. Sports Union The UWS Sports Union enjoys a year-on-year increase in students participating in sports and societies with over 20 clubs and over 30 societies. The University’s sports clubs are developing fast with UWS hotly tipped to become one of the most impressive Scottish universities for sports and activities. Sports clubs are available to all UWS students regardless of home campus.

£65

Student gym memberships (allowing unlimited access to the gym facilities at Hamilton and Paisley Sports Centres) – £65 per year

£13.00

£13.00 per month for unlimited use of the gym facilities or £1.50 per session

modern facilities

Both gyms offer a range of the latest modern fitness equipment including cardiovascular machines; treadmills; upright cycles; recumbent cycles; cross trainers; Olympic bars and weights and conditioning equipment

fitness classes

Low cost fitness classes are available including Metafit; Zumba and Circuits Both sports facilities have a Sports Hall where students can enjoy a range of sports such as basketball; netball; badminton and tennis Robertson Trust Sports Centre at Paisley Campus offers a range of external sports areas including grassed rugby and football pitches together with all-weather floodlit pitches which can be used for football, hockey and tennis

Page – 63


WINNING STUDENTS Six talented UWS athletes – Scotland international and Commonwealth hockey players, Alan Forsyth and William Marshall; international and Scottish Champion badminton players, Rebekka Findlay and Kirsty Gilmour; and Scottish Curling World Class Performance Squad members, Jennifer Martin and Hamilton McMillan Jnr – have been bolstered in their bid for sporting success, receiving funding from Winning Students. Winning Students, Scotland’s national sports scholarship programme for student athletes, provides funding and academic flexibility to help students achieve their potential. Only the most talented young athletes – including Olympians, Commonwealth competitors and senior internationalists – are selected to receive this funding. The students combine their training with study at UWS and receive tailored support during the academic year from Winning Students. Badminton prodigy Kirsty Gilmour, 19, who lives in Uddingston and recently won the Swiss International women’s single in Yverdon-les-Bains, said: “UWS is great,the staff are a huge help and really understanding about my sporting commitments. Support from Winning Students helps ease the pressure of balancing my sport and studies. It means I don’t have to spread my time further by undertaking a part-time job.”

Page – 64


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Craig McGinlay UWS Sport graduate

“I loved sport from an early age and wanted to become a professional rugby player. I was training twice a day and working very hard on speed and fitness and managed to get into the Scotland Rugby Under 18s and 19s teams. An ongoing dislocated shoulder problem ruled out a career as a successful sportsman, however my injury sparked my passion for sports science, particularly injury prevention. I went to college in Largs after school and studied an HNC/HND, then moved into my third year at UWS studying sports science and I chose the sports injuries and prevention option and went on to graduate with Honours in Sport Development in July 2008. I use many aspects of the course in my job, particularly the injury prevention modules, and it has been hugely important in terms of liaising with physiotherapists and other professionals.

Page – 65

After graduating, I did voluntary work for the West of Scotland Institute of Sport, and worked with many athletes going to the Commonwealth Games in Delhi. When the job with St Mirren Football Club came up, I jumped at the chance – throughout my childhood, I went to two or three football games at St Mirren most seasons with family: my dad, uncles and brothers, so I was particularly proud to be offered that job. I’m a very ambitious, determined and self-motivated person and I’m now the director of Elite Performance (EP) Sports Consultancy; we provide back room staff support for elite athletes or athletes who have the ambition to perform at the elite level. A driving factor as to why I wanted to set up EP was that there are so many athletes out there who do not know how to take their training to the next stage. With the support of the back room staff at EP Sports Consultancy, in the form of Nutritionists, Psychologists, Sports Scientists, Strength & Conditioning Coaches, Fitness Coaches, Biomechanics Coaches, Physiotherapists, we can help any athlete strive to achieve their goals and objectives.”


With around 1300 international students from all over the world, UWS is an exciting, welcoming and cosmoplitan place to study.

Study in Scotland Welcoming international students We offer international students a programme of welcome events which includes a comprehensive induction to the University and life in Scotland. Advice for international students Our international student advisers can help with a range of matters, including visa and immigration advice, financial questions and general welfare. Other sources of advice UK Council for International Student Affairs (UKCISA) www.ukcisa.org.uk provides advice on all areas of concern to international students studying in the UK. Call 020 7107 9922 (+44 (0)20 7107 9922 outwith UK) (Monday to Friday 1–4pm) to speak with a UKCISA professional international student adviser for help with any matter. The service is free – you pay only for the call.

Immigration information For detailed information on immigration procedures download the UKCISA information sheet ‘Making a Tier 4 (General) application’ by visiting www.ukcisa.org.uk. Information on visa applications can also be found at www.ukba.homeoffice.gov.uk/

Application to UWS All applications for full-time degree and Honours degree programmes starting in September 2014 should be submitted through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). See page 202 for more info.

International student fees For further details on fees can be found on page 205.

FURTHER info For more information on student visas, welfare and general living in the UK, please visit our website at www. uws.ac.uk/internationalstudentsupport

Scholarships and discounts We have a wide range of international scholarships for full-fee paying overseas students. Tuition fee and accommodation discounts may be available, subject to certain conditions. See page 205 for details.

“The University has been surprisingly multicultural. So far, I’ve met people from Romania, Bulgaria, Spain, Italy, Germany, and France. That was quite unexpected. I thought it would just be a few students from a number of other countries, but there are many, and it’s interesting to meet people from different cultures.” Aman Kataria BSc (Hons) Computer Games Technology

Page – 66

Working with the British Council We work closely with the British Council; to find your nearest office visit www.britishcouncil.org/new Details of UWS worldwide representatives can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/officialreps For more information about Scotland see www.visitscotland.com

English language requirements To cope with your studies – if English is not your first language – it is essential that you have a good command of written and spoken English. See page 204 for more details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“I’m proud of what I’ve achieved here, and of the new life that my family and I now have in Scotland. I’ve recommended UWS to many people. The courses are excellent and the standard is very high.”

REYKJAVIK

Beltus Etchu

Business School student

oslo

helsinki

Stockholm

edinburgh Dublin

copenhagen

LONDON berlin

AMSTERDAM luxembourg

Brussels

PRAGUE

KIEV Paris

VIENNA BUDAPEST

bern

BELGRADE BUCHAREST

Madrid

ROME

lisbon

ATHENS

Page – 67


Scotland has international airports in Glasgow and Prestwick – both close to our campuses in the West of Scotland. There are also international airports in the East of Scotland, in Edinburgh and Aberdeen, as well as several regional airports. In addition, there are extensive rail and road links across the country.

GETTING TO SCOTLAND

Ayr Campus

Dumfries Campus

Hamilton Campus

Paisley Campus

1 hour

1 hour

11 miles

10 minutes’

Glasgow is just under an hour away by train or car

Excellent road and rail links to Ayr Frequent bus and rail services operate from Glasgow and the southwest to Ayr

Glasgow Prestwick International Airport is approx 5 miles from the campus with a direct train link to Ayr town centre Troon Ferry Port is north of Ayr and is just 14 minutes by train

located just an hour’s train journey from Carlisle

Regular bus and rail service to Dumfries from the nearby city of Carlisle (south of Dumfries), and from both Edinburgh to the north-east and Glasgow to the north-west

Glasgow Prestwick and Glasgow International airports are approximately two hours from the campus

Located eleven miles south of Glasgow

Excellent road and rail links to Hamilton from Glasgow and surrounding areas Most trains on the main rail line from London and the Midlands to Glasgow stop at Motherwell which is ten minutes from Hamilton, and there is also a fast and frequent service from Hamilton to Glasgow

5 minutes’

The campus is 5 minutes’ walk from Hamilton West train station The campus is within two hours of Cairnryan ferry terminal

Glasgow International Airport is approximately 16 miles from Hamilton

Page – 68

Just 10 minutes’ by train from Glasgow

Regular public bus and rail services operate from Glasgow and the southwest as well as further afield, to Paisley The M8 motorway, which links the M74, A77/M77 and M80, offers easy access to Paisley from the rest of Scotland and the south, plus a fast, direct route to the centre of Glasgow Troon Ferry Port is easily accessed by train from Paisley

3 miles

Campus just under 3 miles from Glasgow International Airport


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

INVERNESS INVERNESS

ABERDEEN ABERDEEN

DUNDEE DUNDEE

PERTH PERTH

STIRLING STIRLING

PAISLEY CAMPUS AYR CAMPUS DERRY/ DERRY/ LONDONDERRY LONDONDERRY

EDINBURGH EDINBURGH GLASGOW GLASGOW

HAMILTON CAMPUS

TROON FERRY TROON FERRY

Dumfries CAMPUS

cairnryan cairnryan FERRY FERRY

LARNE LARNEFERRY FERRY BELFAST BELFAST

NEWCASTLE NEWCASTLE CARLISLE CARLISLE

Isle Isle of MAn of

MAn

DUBLIN DUBLIN

LIVERPOOL LIVERPOOL

LEEDS LEEDS MANCHESTER MANCHESTER

SHEFFIELD SHEFFIELD NOTTINGHAM NOTTINGHAM

DERBY DERBY

NORWICH NORWICH

BIRMINGHAM BIRMINGHAM

CAMBRIDGE CAMBRIDGE CORK CORK OXFORD OXFORD

LONDON LONDON

CARDIFF CARDIFF

BRISTOL BRISTOL BRIGHTON BRIGHTON

EXETER EXETER

PORTSMOUTH PORTSMOUTH PLYMOUTH PLYMOUTH

CHANNEL CHANNELISLANDS ISLANDS

Page – 69


Page – 70


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Contents Business Computing

Page – 71

72 90

Creative and Cultural Industries

106

Education

122

Engineering

132

Health, Nursing and Midwifery

148

Science

158

Social Sciences

178

Sport and Exercise

192

Applying to UWS

202

Students with disabilities

203

English language requirements

204

Finance

205

Terms and conditions

206

An inclusive institution

208


Business

Choosing to study at our Business School will offer a life-changing experience. The student experience is at the heart of our programmes and we collaborate with business leaders to design courses that produce 21st century-ready graduates. Learning supports the development of employability skills and attributes valued by the employers of today and in the future.

Page – 72


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 73


“For me, UWS offers the ideal course to match my aspirations. A business degree opens up many doors and with an interest in languages, I hope to work internationally and build my own travel business once my studies are finished. So far I feel I’m off to a great start to university life and on track to receive the result I want at the end of my degree.” Laura McGeehan

Business SCHOOL STUDENT

Page – 74


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 75


Business Section contents

BUSINESS AT UWS

Accounting

78

Applied Enterprise (Creative Industries)

79

Applied Enterprise (Lifestyle and Wellbeing)

79

Business

80

Business and English Language

81

Events Management

82

Human Resource Management

83

International Finance and Accounting

84

Law and Business

85

Marketing

86

Retail Management

87

Tourism Management

88

Our courses are designed to produce globally aware graduates with industry relevant skills who are confident, independent learners. Our students will have enterprise skills, be able to apply technology for business benefit and understand the underpinning functions of business. As a student, you will be a reflective practitioner equipped with lifelong learning skills, an understanding of the sustainability agenda and the ability to contribute effectively to and lead teams. OUR COURSES The breadth of our experience, the quality of our courses and our commitment to students allow us to play an important role in helping to develop business excellence in our communities. Our graduates have been hired by some of the world’s top organisations.

With twelve undergraduate programmes all offering a rich experience, we will help to transform you into a highly employable and globally aware citizen with transferable skills for life. Contact University Direct on 0800 027 1000 or email uni-direct@uws.ac.uk for more details or check out www.uws.ac.uk/business WORK-READY GRADUATES Our collaboration with industry at the design stage of programmes ensures that our courses meet the needs of today’s job market and provide a strong platform from which our graduates can launch their careers. Guest speakers from industry regularly come to talk to students and to share their real-world experience. Modules highlight issues such as global awareness, sustainability, enterprise and employability. One core module each year is specifically designed to develop 21st century graduate skills. Our Aspiring Futures module will encourage you to reflect on personal development and achievements during your studies in preparation for employment.

Page – 76

An enterprising attitude is encouraged through many opportunities including the module: Get into Enterprise, where you will engage with agencies such as Youth Business Scotland and Business Gateway relating to business start-up. Study abroad As part of your course, we offer opportunities for study abroad in Europe to enable you to broaden your horizons and live and work in another country. You can continue your studies at one of our partner institutions and experience a new culture, which can help improve your employment prospects upon graduation. It’s not essential that you are fluent in a foreign language, as many of our EU partner institutions teach in English. For more information see the study abroad section of our website.

Language options It may be possible to study a foreign language – French, German or Spanish – as part of your course, and use this to enhance your prospects in the job market by adding foreign language skills to your CV. For more information see our website. RESEARCH Excellence We have developed core activity in internationally-recognised, businessrelated research, which underpins curriculum development, teaching and learning, and staff development. We have also built a reputation for quality in consultancy working with many of the UK’s top companies, from providing learning programmes for their staff to organising work experience for our students.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Opportunities for you Practical experience, study abroad options, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE Work-related learning and placement is available as part of selected courses – see course entries for details.

Study abroad UWS students have the opportunity to spend time studying abroad, gaining credit towards their degree, at one of our 80 partner institutions.

professional Recognition Selected courses are recognised by professional bodies – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.

Get involved By choosing to study with us you can engage in exciting activities such as: • the annual Ideas in Enterprise competition. Students have the opportunity to then submit to the national Scottish Institute for Enterprise competition. • we are currently the only UK university which has an agreement with the Prince’s Trust to promote and support self-employment and business creation amongst young people. • the UK IBM Business Challenge, in which UWS has been successful in reaching the final stages on a number of occasions. • the recently established “business incubator” at our Hamilton Campus for students to get free access to facilities and support. • we part-sponsored students to go to Budapest to compete in the Markstrat business simulation game. • our students also have the chance to take part in the annual Micro Tyco team game. All teams are given a microloan of £1 and set the challenge of turning this into as much money as possible within one month. SUPPORTING YOU We are committed to your success and want to help you develop the skills and attitude of mind to be a leader, ready to tackle challenges and to adapt in an ever-changing world. For more information and case studies of other students’ experiences please visit www.uws.ac.uk/business

Page – 77

“With my degree I hope to boost my chances of employment. University has given me time to study in greater detail subjects that I enjoyed at school and given me the relevant knowledge to apply for jobs in areas that I’ll enjoy working in. The people that I’ve met at UWS are great fun and would go to any length to help you if need be!” Clare McClory Business School student

Entry Unless otherwise stated, entry for Business School programmes is as follows: Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, including English plus SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC, plus 3 GCSEs including English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points.^ Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBB in relevant subjects including English, plus SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A-Levels: BBB, plus 3 GCSEs including English and Maths. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant business subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM^ International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points^ ^excluding Applied Enterprise (Creative Industries) and Applied Enterprise (Lifestyle and Wellbeing) Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Relevant business subject. For BAcc Accounting: contact Programme Leader, Steven Leonard For BA Applied Enterprise (Creative Industries): Relevant creative industry subjects. For BA Applied Enterprise (Lifestyle & Wellbeing): Relevant subjects in sport or hair/beauty therapy.

Direct Entry Students entering after Year 1 will be given advice about the degree options available to them, which depend on study previously undertaken, and on possible work experience options. Direct entry students should contact our Undergraduate Programmes Lead Lorraine Quinn tel 0800 027 1000 or e-mail uni-direct@uws.ac.uk.


Business

Accounting Accountants are in demand in just about every business sector all over the world. This course gives you the academic grounding and work placement opportunities to enable you to meet the challenges of this demanding and stimulating sector. ABOUT THE COURSE The course covers the full range of accountancy subjects from financial and management accounting to financial management, taxation, auditing and ancillary areas ensuring you acquire the necessary specialist and generic transferable skills relevant to a career in the field of accountancy. Modules are delivered by a core teaching staff of qualified professional accountants and academics. Our optional one-year placement will ultimately enhance your cv and give you the opportunity to work in blue chip companies and chartered accountancy firms throughout the UK. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE You can apply for an optional sandwich placement in an appropriate business setting between Years 2 and 3. This provides a year’s work experience, which considerably enhances your employability. It gives you the opportunity to develop skills and to acquire valuable experience that will facilitate better understanding of the academic aspects of your programme in succeeding years. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will undertake a range of accountancy subjects, such as financial and management accounting as well as more general modules where accountancy is put into perspective in the business world. Year 2 Year 2 develops financial and management accounting and introduces specialised areas of accounting such as personal tax and financial management.

Page – 78

Optional Placement An optional one year placement can be taken between Years 2 and 3. Year 3 Financial and management accounting are studied at a higher level and tax is extended to businesses. Auditing is also introduced as another core module and together these allow you to gain excellent practical and theoretical knowledge. Year 4 In the Honours year you will complete a dissertation on your choice of subject as well as looking at the development of accounting standards and contemporary issues in accounting. Optional modules include accounting theory and history and international finance. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Our accounting degree will prepare you for a successful career in accountancy or finance. In addition, you will find many senior executives in industry and commerce have an accounting background. You will also be well-equipped to move into areas of general business or management and perhaps consider working towards other professional exams such as Chartered Institute of Bankers. PROFESSIONAL EXEMPTIONS You can take professional exams with the main accountancy bodies such as ICAS and ACCA for which the maximum exemptions are in place. You should note that direct entry into advanced levels of the BAcc may have an impact on exemptions from professional examinations available to individual graduates.

ENTRY UCAS Ayr N400 A BAcc/A Hamilton N400 H BAcc/A Paisley N400 P BAcc/A Campus Ayr^, Hamilton, Paisley School Business Duration BAcc 3 years BAcc (Sandwich) 4 years BAcc Hons 4 years BAcc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Steven Leonard Programme Leader 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk NB Year 3 entry to this UWS programme is also offered at South Lanarkshire College under our partnership agreements.(UCAS: N400 L BAcc/A (South Lanarkshire College) ^Please note entry to the course at Ayr Campus is Year 3 only, an Honours option is not available at this campus. More information on this programme can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/business

See page 77 for details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Business

Applied Enterprise (Creative Industries) (3rd year entry) Applied Enterprise (Lifestyle and Wellbeing) (3rd year entry) This one-year programme offers direct entry to third year and is ideally suited to students with a relevant HND considering starting a business in their area of expertise. ABOUT THE COURSE Running your own business demands a new set of skills to complement the expertise which you will have gained in your HND. You need to know what the market wants, be able to tailor your product or service to meet those demands, and manage people and resources so that you satisfy both customers and the organisations that provide financial backing. This degree has been designed to equip you with these skills. You will have the opportunity to develop a business plan portfolio, gain an understanding of the ever changing business environment, and start up a micro business venture and experience a period of trading. There will be additional input throughout the programme from internal and external partners such as the UWS Business Start-Up Network, Princes Trust – Youth Business Scotland (PTYBS), Scottish Institute for Enterprise (SIE) and Micro Tyco on-line mentoring as well as local entrepreneurs and business owners. YOUR LEARNING Trimester 1 You will be introduced to the skills of enterprise and learn how to develop a business plan portfolio. You will learn how to protect your ideas and intellectual property and how to manage your business and its resources for long-term, profitable success. Expert staff will guide you in turning your practical skills into a business venture.

Page – 79

Trimester 2 Modules focus on the development of a viable business. You will be given the opportunity to drive through a product or service concept from creation to launch; will be introduced to research skills and learn how to develop a research proposal; and discover how to identify and promote your achievements in previous jobs or work-type activities, such as volunteering. Those studying at our Dumfries Campus have the option of selecting a module from the range of subjects offered by UWS and University of Glasgow (Dumfries). At Ayr Campus students can select from the range of modules offered by School of Creative and Cultural Industries. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Upon graduation you will be in a position to take your business concept to the next stage of the start-up process. You will also have developed a range of valuable transferable skills, which will be attractive to employers who are owners of small enterprises in your area of expertise. FURTHER STUDY On successful completion of either of these degrees, you will be eligible for entry to the Honours year of the UWS BA Business.

BA Applied Enterprise (Creative Industries)

BA Applied Enterprise (Lifestyle and Wellbeing)

UCAS Ayr NN15 A BA/AE Dumfries NN15 D BA/AE

UCAS N103 D BA/AppEnt

Campus Ayro, Dumfries^ School Business Entry SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree, or equivalent: relevant creative industry subject (e.g. Photography, Visual Communication, Art & Design). Duration BA 1 year Contact Joan Scott Programme Leader 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk ^This is a joint venture between UWS, Dumfries and Galloway College and the University of Glasgow. o Ayr Campus delivery is in collaboration with the UWS School of Creative & Cultural Industries.

Campus Dumfries School Business Entry SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree, or equivalent: relevant sport, fitness and exercise or beauty therapy subject. Duration BA 1 year Contact Joan Scott Programme Leader 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk


Business

Business This degree is all encompassing and offers an excellent grounding in the business and enterprise skills valued by employers. With a flexible core framework, it builds on existing provision from our Business School. ABOUT THE COURSE It offers a broad-based, integrated perspective on business life and as you move through the degree your perspective will change, from an operational level to a strategic one. In addition to lectures and tutorials, there are group based activities in the programme, along with workshops and case study reviews.

Year 3 You will develop an understanding of the complex issues at work in the general and specialist areas of business and learn how to research business topics effectively. You will also undertake work-related learning, which will help to build on your skills and knowledge and prepare you for a career within the business sector.

Other key elements of this course are: • learning in (and from) the workplace • talks from, and visits to, local and national employers • varied assessment formats, including examinations, coursework, presentations, case studies, portfolio building • a strong basis for further study

Year 4 You will undertake a dissertation in an area of your choice in conjunction with further study in your specialist area and learn why leadership and change are critical factors in modern business decision-making.

PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Work-related learning is offered during Year 3. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will be introduced to key areas of the business environment, including examination of the various functions within a variety of organisations, as well as the differing business sectors. You will also gain relevant practical skills in communication techniques, time management, and presentations. Year 2 You will develop skills and knowledge across a range of business disciplines, including law and accounts and finance. You will also have the opportunity to specialise in a particular area, such as human resource management or marketing, or pursue a broad degree focus.

Page – 80

OUR CAREER ADVISER SAYS This degree has been developed in conjunction with major UK employers. As a result, the basis of many of the core module skills are in line with the requirements for graduate trainee programmes. This helps to develop and prepare students effectively for careers in both national and international organisations. Graduates can pursue a career in all sectors, public and private, including local government, health, manufacturing, retail and the voluntary sector. Typical jobs will include financial services consultant, human resource manager, marketing manager and retail manager.

ENTRY UCAS Ayr N100 A BA/B Dumfries N100 D BA/B Hamilton N100 H BA/B Paisley N100 P BA/B Campus Ayr^, Dumfries, Hamilton, Paisley School Business Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Peter McGuire 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk More information on this programme can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/business ^Please note entry to the course at Ayr Campus is Year 3 only, an Honours option is not available at this campus.

See page 77 for details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Business

Business and English Language (3rd year entry)

The newly developed degree provides a blend of essential understanding of business topics with taught English language skills. It will provide an excellent foundation for engaging in international business activities in a wide range of organisations and will prepare you for future employment. The degree is aimed at students whose first language is not English. ABOUT THE COURSE The practical elements of this course provide real-life experience and the opportunity to develop business knowledge and skills. Through case studies and access to guest speakers from industry you will also gain added insight into the business world and enhance learning and development. The business topics covered provide you with a strong base for working in a range of organisations and give a good understanding of the issues facing local, national and international companies. Through English language study in small groups you will have the opportunity to refine and expand your knowledge and understanding with a particular emphasis on English language for business. In today’s global context, a clear and robust understanding of the language of business and fluency in spoken and written English are important. This course will give you an excellent basis for engaging in international business activities in a wide range of organisations and prepares you to enter the employment market. YOUR LEARNING This course offers direct entry to the degree year and you will study six modules over two trimesters.

Trimester 1 You will undertake two modules in English language, focusing on English language for business. These modules will be complemented by one module covering a core business subject, such as Get Into Enterprise. This practical module is designed to give you a unique opportunity to experience what it’s like to start up and run your own business.

Campus Ayr, Paisley

Trimester 2 You will study two business modules and one English language module, to gain advanced understanding of both business and English language for business purposes. The business module Strategic Management allows you to develop an understanding of strategic options open to organisations.

More information on this programme can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/business

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS The course provides a strong base for working in a range of organisations. On successful completion of the course you will be qualified to seek employment in team or personal development, and leadership in national and international organisations. You will be equipped to pursue a career in all sectors, public and private, including local government, health, manufacturing, retail and voluntary. The degree will allow international students to work in their home country and be competent in English in an international context.

Page – 81

UCAS Ayr NQ13 A BA/BEL Paisley NQ13 P BA/BEL

School Business Duration BA 1 year Contact Peter McGuire 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

FURTHER STUDY Graduates may wish to continue their studies and top up to an Honours degree. If you are interested in postgraduate study at UWS you will have the opportunity to undertake the ‘Planning a Research Project’ module to ensure you have the research skills required for this level of qualification. This can be taken as part of the BA (Hons) Business or as a stand-alone module. (Please note the module is offered during Trimester 3 during the summer and there is an additional cost if opting to study it as a stand-alone module).

Entry Advanced entry is for students who do not have English as a first language, but meet University language requirements and who have an SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND or equivalent qualification in a relevant business subject.


Business

Events Management The degree is designed to give you the essential knowledge and practical experience to build a career in this exciting, fast-growing industry. Many of the modules have an international focus, giving graduates the opportunity to apply their skills overseas. Scotland is renowned for its festivals. The Edinburgh Festival, T-in-thePark and Celtic Connections are globally recognised and the need for effective event management in the business, tourism and hospitality sectors is growing. ABOUT THE COURSE The course includes elements relating to the development of operational skills across a range of sectors, as well as project management, legislation and risk management. A special feature will be the close liaison with industry leaders and professional bodies/trade associations in the events industry such as ABPCO and Eventia. Guest speakers regularly present to students, recently these have included representatives from Glasgow 2014, Scottish Opera, Voluntary Development Scotland and Starwood. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Work-related learning is offered during Year 3. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 In addition to other business subjects you will explore the background to the events industry and gain an understanding of event management processes through an introductory Events Management module. Year 2 Events management knowledge and understanding are expanded. Additionally, as part of a group you will organise the planning, implementation and evaluation of a live event.

Page – 82

Year 3 You will study more specialised events management subject areas. Another exciting opportunity will be the creation of a business plan for an event organisation. Research skills are developed through a research methods module which will be delivered within an event management context as will your appreciation of the strategic aspects of event management through a case study of Event Scotland. Year 4 All students will complete a dissertation in the Honours year. Further specialised study includes the comparison of international events issues, and analysis of event impacts. You will also be asked to reflect on your experiences gained so far and capture this in a portfolio. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Opportunities for graduates are wide ranging, although you may wish to specialise in a niche market. Typical career choices could include event manager for a hotel chain, working in sports venues organising conferences, assisting large corporations to launch products, or fundraising for voluntary organisations.

ENTRY UCAS Hamilton N820 H BA/EM Paisley N820 P BA/EM Campus Hamilton, Paisley School Business Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Tom Garrett Undergraduate Admissions Officer 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk More information on this programme can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/business

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, including English plus SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC, plus 3 GCSEs including English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBB in relevant subjects including English, plus SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A-Levels: BBB, plus 3 GCSEs including English and Maths. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant business, event or tourism qualification, depending on subjects covered (e.g. Events, Travel and Tourism, Hospitality Management). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Relevant business, event or tourism subject, depending on subjects covered (e.g. Events Management, Travel and Tourism, Hospitality Management).


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Business

Human Resource Management People are crucial to the success of any organisation and human resource practitioners play a key role not only in managing people but also in the performance of today’s organisations. If you think you can bring out the best in people, this course could be for you. Most organisations know their people are their most important assets. Managing people is at the heart of business and this degree provides you with the skills and knowledge to operate successfully in a professional capacity in Human Resource Management (HRH). ABOUT THE COURSE The course covers specialised areas of human resource, general business and management, and employability skills ensuring you have the flexibility to pursue a generalist management or specialist human resource (HR) role. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will be introduced to the study of Human Resource Management (HRM), developing an awareness of the contribution it makes in organisations. You will also gain an overview of other key business disciplines, and will begin to develop key employability skills. Year 2 Your knowledge of HRM is developed through the study of core topics including recruitment and retaining people, and learning and development. You will also study additional subjects that are important in 21st century business. This year the key employability skills are creativity and technology. Year 3 You will study the core HRM topics of performance and reward management, employee relations and the role of HRM in organisation development. This year the key employability subjects are research skills and enterprise skills.

Page – 83

Year 4 You will undertake an Honours dissertation, allowing in-depth investigation of a key HRM issue or problem. In addition, you will continue to study the core HRM subjects of HR strategy, international HRM and equality and diversity. Key employability skills are geared to your future employment as a 21st century graduate. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS The specialist knowledge and applied HRM skills will equip you to pursue a career within an HRM function; while the business modules will provide you with the knowledge and skills to begin your career in general management, if you choose, at a junior management/graduate entry position. Recent HRM graduates are now employed in organisations such as Ford, Scottish Power, Tarmac, Motorola, IBM, Scottish Enterprise, various local councils and the NHS. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION^ The Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) is the HRM professional body. UWS has had a long association with the CIPD and the BA HRM is designed to provide students entering in Years 1, 2 and 3 with the underpinning knowledge towards Associate level membership. ^At the time of print, this is subject to UWS gaining successful accreditation of the BA HRM by the CIPD.

ENTRY UCAS N600 P BA/HRM Campus Paisley School Business Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Jane Russell Programme Leader 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

See page 77 for details.


Business

International Finance and Accounting (3rd year entry)

This course is aimed at students with an HND in Accounting seeking to continue their studies in accountancy and finance to degree level without undertaking professional accounting exams. There is the option to continue to Honours and then potentially Masters level. ABOUT THE COURSE It is suited to students who do not wish to undertake professional accounting exams but would rather enter the workplace after further academic study in the area of finance and financial management.

Modules include: Financial Accounting 3 (core), Get into Enterprise (core), Advanced Financial Management (core), Planning a Research Project (core), Strategic Management (core), and International Financial Markets (option).

You will study a range of finance and accountancy subjects; global financial markets and the way they operate; and financial accounting with advanced financial management. As you progress to Honours, you will study more advanced topics such as current developments in accounting and business and professional ethics which apply to the financial world. Also during this year you will carry out supervised research leading to the preparation and submission of a dissertation.

Year 4 You will complete a dissertation during the Honours year on your choice of subject. Alternatively, you may wish to explore mergers and acquisitions either globally or in one particular industry. You will examine international finance in more detail. Additional subjects include contemporary issues in many aspects of accounting in which you will be given topics to research, and prepare and present a paper.

Modules are delivered by a core teaching staff including qualified professional accountants and published academics. Key employability skills are embedded throughout the course to ensure you develop the attributes valued by future employers. YOUR LEARNING Year 3 You will study financial accounting to develop your understanding of the content and application of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); financial management to develop your existing knowledge; and be introduced to International Financial Markets (IFM), examining the structure and conduct of international monetary and share dealings. If you continue to fourth year, taking IFM will offer an opportunity to specialise in this area.

Page – 84

Modules include: International Finance (core), Aspiring Futures (core), Dissertation Part 1 (core), Business and Professional Ethics (core), Contemporary Accounting Issues (option) and Dissertation Part 2 (core). OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates may continue to postgraduate study or prepare for employment in the world of finance. You could seek employment in institutions that specialise in international finance such as banks or investment companies which operate globally.

ENTRY UCAS NN34 H BA/IFA Campus Hamilton School Business Duration BA 1 year BA (Hons) 2 years Contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk More information on this programme can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/business

SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Accounting or equivalent.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Business

Law and Business This new course is concerned with the fundamentals of legal study, such as sources of law and the workings of the Scottish and other legal systems, with a particular emphasis on opportunities in the paralegal market. It will also provide an awareness of the business environment across a variety of sectors. ABOUT THE COURSE This degree is particularly suited to those who want to pursue a career in legal services or who wish to combine the study of law with business concepts. It is based on the fundamentals of legal study, such as sources of law and the workings of the Scottish and other legal systems, with a particular emphasis on opening up opportunities in the paralegal market, as well as providing students with an awareness of the business environment across a variety of sectors. You will study a range of business related topics as well as specialist areas of law, for example, criminal and employment law, or commercial law. Beyond legal knowledge, students develop skills in legal research and practical problem-solving, as well as developing an understanding of the environments, markets and processes of business organisations. You will benefit from a range of teaching methods and will build a portfolio of key personal and employability skills. During the course you will also develop generic and specialist transferable skills relevant to both a career in law and in the wider business sector. Upon graduation you could pursue a career in legal practice or use the degree as the basis for work as a paralegal, or for employment in the wider business sector. Further study could lead to a career as a practising solicitor.

Page – 85

YOUR LEARNING Year 1 Modules offered deal with introductions to the fundamentals of human resource management, marketing, the operation of a business, as well as its operation in a global context. You will also study Law in the Business Environment, which introduces law and its structures, along with the principles of contract law and delict. Year 2 The specific law modules are Criminal Law & Procedure, Business Law, Property Law & Conveyancing and Domestic Relations. Development of the wider business context also continues, with modules in Creativity and Technology in Business, and Accountancy and Finance available. Year 3 The mix of business orientated and law modules continues. Planning a Research Project equips you with the skills required to be a more independent learner and is designed to prepare you for future study at Honours level. The module is studied along with Strategic Management and Get into Enterprise. Specialist areas of law are studied including Law of Employment, Law of Obligations, and Trusts, Succession and Executries. Choices made here allow you to focus on possible career paths. Year 4 You will complete an Honours dissertation along with modules such as Company Law, Dispute Resolution, Client Care and Professional Ethics, and Aspiring Futures.

Entry UCAS Hamilton MN11 H BA/LB Paisley MN11 P BA/LB Campus Hamilton, Paisley School Business Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Colin McFadyen Programme Leader 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk More information on this programme can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/business

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates may seek employment in the rapidly expanding paralegal market, or in the wider business market, or continue studies to obtain further professional legal qualifications. Work could be sought in citizens advice, trading standards, paralegal work, accountancy, human resources, the civil service, local government, legal publishing, academia, public boards and authorities, the police force, banks, insurance companies, finance companies, manufacturing and trading organisations.

See page 77 for details.


Business

Marketing Marketing plays a fundamental role in the modern business world – it can be critical to the success or failure of an organisation. This course aims to equip students with the marketing and business skills that make them invaluable to potential employers. ABOUT THE COURSE We engage with students, motivate and challenge, and offer opportunities that will make you stand out from other marketing graduates in the UK. In a recent National Student Survey our Marketing degree was voted joint number 1 marketing course in Scotland for student satisfaction – a figure 15% higher than the national average for other marketing courses. We are the only UK university who is a member of the Dukenet group of European Universities. This entitles us to participate in student marketing activities with universities from France, Germany, Spain, Finland, Romania, Netherlands, Hungary, Poland, Denmark, Italy and Russia. Students who have travelled abroad to take part in these activities return with an enhanced understanding of the complexities of European culture and a greater awareness of their own personal communication skills. The specialist Marketing modules taught on this course are enhanced by a range of general business modules which will help to underpin the marketing knowledge you have gained. Economics, Accounting, Human Resource Management and Law will help to provide you with the necessary skills required to excel in a marketing career. We utilise marketing software in the classroom as part of our approach to teaching and learning. Our links with a range of local and national organisations allows us to base classroom activities and assessments around real companies with real marketing problems. You will also have the opportunity to work with many of our overseas students when they join the course in Year 3. STUDY ABROAD You will be encouraged to study abroad for a short period of time in Year 2 and Year 3 as part Page – 86

of the Erasmus programme. Many students find this gives them an extra advantage when it comes to securing a job. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 During this year you will be introduced to the concepts of marketing, through the modules Foundations of Marketing and Marketing Management. Year 2 This year you will begin to focus on specific elements of marketing. Modules studied include: Applied Marketing Research, International Marketing, and Sports Marketing Management. Year 3 Studies continue this year with the modules: Marketing Communications, Consumers in the 21st Century, and E-Marketing and Sales Management. Year 4 (Honours) The Honours dissertation is a major part of your study this year. You will also study Relationship Marketing, and Marketing Strategy. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates can expect to present potential employers with extensive knowledge in the marketing subject area, as well as a broad understanding of the business environment. In addition, graduates will have developed a range of interpersonal abilities, such as presentation techniques and the ability to work in teams and autonomously when required, as well as project management, selling and negotiating skills. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION Students, on completion of their studies, are encouraged to join the Chartered Institute of Marketing and strive towards Chartered Marketer status.

ENTRY UCAS N500 P BA/Ma Campus Paisley School Business Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact James Watt Programme Leader 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

See page 77 for details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Business

Retail Management (3rd year entry) This degree is designed to provide a specialist education for a profession in retail management, an industry which generates over £303 billion in sales, with UK retail accounting for 11% of global internet retail sales. ABOUT THE COURSE The course combines a thorough grounding in the areas of business alongside specialist modules covering operational retailing, brand management, globalisation of retailing and retail in action. You will also develop transferable skills and knowledge in communication and presentation skills which is essential for the retail professional. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE You will have the opportunity to choose a work-related learning module. YOUR LEARNING Year 3 Modules include: Get Into Enterprise – this will equip you to cope with the everchanging business environment, recognising opportunities and taking responsibility and measured risks. You will experience what it’s like to start and run your own business. Planning A Research Project – you will develop the knowledge and skills to plan a research project in business management. Strategic Management – you will be introduced to the core concepts of strategic management. You will analyse the business environment and suggest how organisations might manage the strategy process. Operational Retailing – introduces approaches such as the rise and fall of the UK retailer in the last ten years, retail operation systems, retail strategy and managing the supply chain.

Page – 87

Brand Management – investigates the strategic role of branding and the way in which manufacturers and retailers seek to exploit the strengths of their own brand. It also looks at the complexities of building a brand across countries within a fast-moving and everchanging external environment. Students also select one option module – work-related learning (preferred option). Year 4 (Honours) Modules include: Aspiring Futures – designed to help you develop awareness of your own strengths and weakness and prepare you for the future after completion of your degree. Globalisation of Retailing – you will study the theoretical background of global retailing and how this can be applied by individual companies under certain operating conditions. Retailing in Action – this module will offer a topical and challenging insight into issues currently impacting upon the world of retailing. Dissertation – you will undertake an independent piece of research on a topic that interests you and is relevant to your degree title. Students also select one option module. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS There are career opportunities available in general store management positions in addition to more specialised functions of buying, sales, operations and merchandising.

ENTRY UCAS Hamilton N240 H BA/RM Paisley N240 P BA/RM Campus Hamilton, Paisley School Business Duration BA 1 year BA Hons 2 years Contact Lorraine Quinn Programme Leader 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk More information on this programme can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/business

See page 77 for details.


Business

Tourism Management (3rd year entry) The tourism sector makes a significant contribution to the global economy and graduates in tourism management work in a range of sectors: visitor attractions; museums; historic properties; retail attractions; events and festivals; hospitality; hotels and accommodation services; travel and transportation. ABOUT THE COURSE During your studies you will gain enhanced knowledge and understanding of key industry trends and best practice. As you progress your studies, you will build confidence in your ability to contribute to contemporary tourism related developments. Assignments will enable you to apply theory to the dayto-day practice in an organisation. This qualification will distinguish you as a professional industry contributor. If you have completed an HND in Tourism; Travel and Tourism or a related area such as Hospitality or Events Management this course could be for you. We also encourage applications from experienced tourism professionals and will consider prior experiential learning. You can study on a full-time or part-time basis and, depending on the optional module you complete; you may be eligible to progress to Honours in Business or Events Management (see Business on page 80 and Events Management on page 82). Alternatively, you can graduate and apply for postgraduate programmes such as an MSc in business; tourism or events subject areas.

Page – 88

YOUR LEARNING Year 3 This Tourism Management course is distinctive because it offers practical application of theory and industry expertise in an academic setting – with the emphasis on strategy, management and interpersonal project work. The blend of subject specific modules is enhanced by the core business skills development. You will study specialised Business Tourism and Responsible Tourism Management including environmental sustainability and social responsibility. Another exciting opportunity will be the creation of a business plan for a tourism organisation. Research skills are developed through studying research methods where you design a research project with a tourism management focus. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates can pursue varied careers in the tourism sector including the hospitality industry where there are opportunities in hotel and facilities management; conference and convention management; leisure services including outdoor and countryside activities; tourism services such as design, development and management of tourism products, services and entrepreneurial businesses. Graduates have also been employed in tourism marketing; research; development and tourism planning in local and international contexts.

ENTRY UCAS N832 P BA/TM Campus Paisley School Business Duration BA 1 year Contact Mrs Heather Anderson Programme Leader 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

See page 77 for details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“University of the West of Scotland Business School was fantastic for me and I wouldn’t be where I am today without the start I got there.” John McLean Marketing Manager

Scotland, Coca-Cola Enterprises

Page – 89


Computing

With courses developed in response to and anticipation of industry needs; opportunities for practical experience; and accreditation by professional bodies, a UWS computing qualification provides a solid basis for launching your career in this fast-changing industry.

Page – 90


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 91


“I’m really enjoying my time at UWS, I’ve learnt a lot from the new experiences it offers. The lecturers are helpful and approachable and it’s not just my knowledge that’s grown, it’s me as a person. It’s a multicultural place to study and I’ve made friends with people from Europe and further afield. In a few years, when I graduate, I can see myself setting up a small studio.” Aman Kataria SCHOOL OF COMPUTING student

Page – 92


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 93


Computing Section contents Business Technology

96

Computer Animation (with option in Digital Art)

97

Computer Games Development

98

Computer Games Technology

99

Computer Networking

100

Computing

101

Information Technology

102

Music Technology

103

Web and Mobile Development

104

COMPUTING AT UWS

Our research achieved international standing status in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (2008) and our research expertise informs teaching, meaning that you’ll be taught by academic staff who are at the forefront of their profession.

Seminars and guest lectures from industry professionals give you direct insight into industry. Recent visiting lecturers have included representatives from Sony Computer Entertainment Europe and Blackrock Studios.

Some of our recent research and industrial collaboration projects include – • our Institute of Creative Technologies and Applied Computing launched in 2013 and aims to establish itself as a centre of excellence, advancing research related to creative technologies and applied computing, creating a dynamic research pool • as an associate member of the Scottish Informatics and Computer Science Alliance (SICSA), we work with a number of Scottish universities whose goal is to develop and extend Scotland’s position as a world leader in informatics and computer science research and education • the School is the lead partner in the Scottish Centre for Enabling Technologies (SCET) and a key participant in the Skillset accredited UWS Media Academy • we have secured a growing number of partnerships with small to medium sized enterprises which is currently being extended to include multi-national companies • we have a successful track record in attracting external income from providers within and outwith the UK; have had a continuous presence in Europe for a number of years; and are a lead partner in an EU network of excellence in computer games and the coordinator for a new EU network in Web 2.0

It’s vital to stay ahead of industry trends by teaching tomorrow’s technologies today. We have links with 70+ companies for input to industrial advisory boards; have partnerships with IBM, Qualcomm, NASA, CERN, Rolls Royce, QinetiQ, BAE Systems, as well as many local/national SMEs; and work with colleagues in universities across the world.

CUTTING-EDGE FACILITIES Put your inquisitive mind to the test in our generalist and specialist lab facilities which include • 3D visualisation labs • games development laboratories • audio mastering facilities • Cisco supported network laboratories • animation studio facilities • industry-standard software for the games, music technology, networking and animation areas

“As a former undergraduate and now PhD student at UWS, I was attracted to the choices of computing programmes available. Accessibility within the University and support mechanisms available for disabled students are excellent. During my Honours year I realised combining my IT knowledge with my interest in assistive technologies gave me the passion and niche to advance my knowledge in a specialised field. I look forward to wherever my career takes me in the future; UWS will serve as a prominent reminder to how I have achieved academic success.” Julie McElroy Information Technology graduate

Page – 94

PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE With placement offered across many of our courses and opportunities for networking with major industry players, you’ll get invaluable experience for your CV and the chance to make contact with those already working in the profession. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION Many of our courses are, at the time of print, accredited by the British Computer Society – see course entries for more details. In addition, the Computer Games Technology programme is currently one of only five undergraduate games development degrees in the UK with full accreditation by Skillset, the Sector Skills Council for the Audio Visual Industries in the UK. Music Technology also has accreditation from JAMES ( Joint Audio Media Education Support). RESEARCH AND INDUSTRIAL COLLABORATION We have a proven track record in knowledge and technology transfer in the form of applied research, training and consultancy.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

IT Academy Our IT Academy is one of the top UK education-based providers of current industry certification with courses offered from vendors such as Microsoft, CIW, CompTIA, Oracle, Adobe, Linux, IBM, SAP certification, SAS Institute and VMWare. Courses are offered during the day, in the evening and also online. For more info see www.uws.ac.uk/itacademy

Music Technology Music Technology aims to produce audio specialists who can apply technology to the creation, recording and processing of audio in the creative industries including music, multimedia, film, audio visual installations, animation and games. Our students are actively encouraged to participate in external activities in order to apply learning to the real world.

OUR COURSES Creative technologies This is a major growth area encompassing computer games, animation, web and music technology which have become core areas of development for the University, attracting over £1.2 million of inward investment to facilitate partnership with industry.

Web and Mobile Development Web and Mobile Development will equip you with the skills to develop and maintain web services and mobile applications, preparing you for a career as a web/ mobile developer or designer.

As well as inviting creative industries practitioners to give guest lectures, we encourage students to take part in and attend festivals and conferences to gain first-hand knowledge of what industry expects. We also run an annual Digital Futures event in which students have the chance to showcase their work to invited representatives from industry. Computer Games The Engineering Council and Skillset-accredited BSc Computer Games Technology course produces games developers for the console market. BSc Computer Games Development prepares graduates for the casual games market. Computer Animation These courses are designed to meet the demand for skilled graduates in the creative industries. Our graduates are well-equipped to work in a number of areas including games, animated films, special effects, virtual environment and product display design.

Page – 95

Applied Computing Development of applications is a dynamic and exciting area at every level of computing from mobile devices to enterprise systems and social networking. UWS students have an unparalleled opportunity to study the latest hardware and software systems, development environments and programming technologies and can gain professional certification within their courses as a result of our strong collaborations with suppliers such as Microsoft and Cisco. Our graduates in Computing, Computer Networking and Information Technology have the skills and knowledge that employers need in their companies. Business Computing Our Business Technology programme focuses on how to analyse and propose innovative solutions to business problems while taking advantage of leading-edge technologies. You’ll study subjects that span business and modern technologies and have access to the latest industry-standard business software and application tools as a result of our partnerships with Microsoft and other IT providers.

Opportunities for you Practical experience, study abroad options, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

Study abroad As part of your course, we offer opportunities for study abroad in Europe to enable you to broaden your horizons and live and work in another country. You can continue your studies at one of our partner institutions and experience a new culture, which can help improve your employment prospects upon graduation. It’s not essential that you are fluent in a foreign language, as many of our EU partner institutions teach in English. For more info see the study abroad section of our website.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE At the end of your second or third year and depending on your chosen programme you may be able to undertake a year’s industrial placement before entry to your taught third year.

Language options It may be possible to study a foreign language – French, German or Spanish – as part of your course, and use this to enhance your prospects in the job market by adding foreign language skills to your CV. For more info see our website.

Study abroad UWS students have the opportunity to spend time studying abroad, gaining credit towards their degree, at one of our 80 partner institutions.

professional Recognition Many of our courses are recognised by professional bodies – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.


Computing

Business Technology This course has been designed to meet the needs of small and mediumsized businesses. It aims to give you the key knowledge and skills that will allow you to work in any modern business, managing and improving the technology that the business uses, in roles such as Business Intelligence Analyst, Data Analyst, Security Analyst, Project Manager, Technology Manager, Technical Support Specialist, Software Tester and many more. ABOUT THE COURSE Most small to medium-size enterprises (SMEs) can no longer operate their business without technology. Industry has a recognised and growing need for graduates who can couple sound business knowledge with the necessary technical expertise to manage, maintain and improve the technology that is used in a modern business and to exploit modern software applications to power the business and drive its growth. This degree – which has been designed in partnership with industry – will provide organisations with a key member of staff who has good all-round technical and business skills and who can be employed in a technical or business role, or both. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE You will be able to take advantage of an optional 12-month paid placement in an organisational setting, either in the UK or abroad at the end of either Year 2 or Year 3. Two short placement opportunities are also available during Years 1 and 3. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will learn about the fundamentals of business operations and the kind of technology that a modern small business uses. You will have the opportunity to undertake a short placement in a technical support environment. Year 2 You will study business computer networks; creativity and technology in business; understanding business information and the use of databases; and how to analyse, innovate, propose and procure business technology requirements and solutions. You will have the option of undertaking a small computing project as part of Page – 96

a multidisciplinary team of students (which may involve direct interaction with a local small business) or a short individual placement in an organisational setting. Year 3 Topics studied in this year include project management, business systems analysis and some of the most recent advancements in business technology such as business intelligence, data analytics and the mobile enterprise. (Optional) Sandwich Placement It is possible to undertake a placement on a full-time basis over a minimum 36 weeks duration, leading to a sandwich award. This can be taken either between Years 2 and 3 or between Years 3 and 4. Year 4 (Honours) You will have the opportunity to demonstrate your ability to integrate business and technology aspects of the programme into a major, individual research project as well as studying more about key strategic level aspects of business technology. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Typical roles include Business Intelligence Analyst, Data Analyst, Security Analyst, Project Manager, Technology Manager, Technical Support Specialist, Software Tester and many more. UWS graduates have found employment with large organisations such as HewlettPackard, Ernst & Young, Pernod Ricard, Clydesdale Bank, and McLaren Software as well as with many companies in the small business sector in a wide variety of roles.

Entry UCAS G290 P BSc/BT Campus Paisley School Computing Duration BSc 3 years BSc (Sandwich) 4 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Tom Caira 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION At time of print the Honours degree is accredited by the British Computer Society as fully meeting the educational requirements for Chartered IT Professional registration. Students undertaking this Honours programme will need to complete a year of further learning beyond graduation if they wish to complete Chartered IT Professional registration. Part-time students must gain their award within 6 years if they wish accreditation.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB (English preferred), plus SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A-Levels: BC plus 3 GCSEs (including English and Maths). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: AA (Maths), plus SQA Highers in 2 other subjects. Appropriate relevant computing qualification or experience required. GCE A-Levels: A*AA (Maths) in one sitting. Appropriate relevant computing qualification or experience required. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 38 points, to include Higher Level Maths (Grade 6) plus 2 other Higher Level subjects (Grade 6). Must include Computer Science. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Business, Administration/IT, Computing or IT related subject. Year 3 SQA HND: Business, Administration/IT, Computing or IT related subject (Grade B in Graded Unit). BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree: Business, Administration/ IT, Computing or IT related subject.­ Additional Info Other qualifications, including Credit Accumulation and Transfer (CATS) points at the appropriate SCQF level (and equivalent) will also be considered for entry.

“This well-rounded programme is tuned in to what employers are looking for, and let’s not forget the staff, who go the extra mile in their efforts to educate and prepare. I couldn’t rate UWS more highly.” James Allan Business Intelligence Analyst


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Computing

Computer Animation (with option in Digital Art) Computer animation is a growth industry, seeing greater use on the web, on TV, and in multimedia in general. For individuals who wish to contribute and make an impact on this industry, there is a fundamental requirement of being able to use and adapt modern software applications for artistic purposes and to use highly creative approaches to problem-solving. This degree has been designed to meet these objectives. ABOUT THE COURSE The market for computer animation is complex and dynamic; covering computer games, film/TV, product and architectural visualisation and the digital arts. Among the products of this sector is the rich, interactive content available via the web; the creation of special effects and computer-generated imagery for film and advertising; and the delivery of audio and video content for mobile phones and similar devices. You can opt to concentrate on animation by following a single subject degree (which investigates a wider range of practical animation skills) or combine animation with digital art (which incorporates a theme including video, drawing for animation and art). A range of project-led themes to establish the importance of computer animation and its role within its related disciplines are covered. Considerable time is spent on examining how visual images, first created on paper (2D), can be manipulated and enhanced using computer technology so that the final result (2D or 3D) can be delivered in an animated and potentially interactive form using digital media such as DVDs and websites. Animation skills within the courses are developed using industry-standard software such as Autodesk Maya, Mudbox, MotionBuilder and Blender 3D. Students are encouraged to network and attend conferences. The annual Animex International Festival of Animation and Computer Games conference offers an opportunity to meet with major industry players such as Pixar and Dreamworks. The University’s Page – 97

Digital Futures event offers a platform for students to showcase their work and gain feedback from representatives in local industry. YOUR LEARNING Years 1 & 2 Students concentrate on the principles of animation, planning and practice. Animation skills are introduced and developed across both years along with video production. Students learn how computer tools can be used for artistic representation. Students work on 2D and 3D animation. Year 3 The emphasis is on developing modelling and animation skills and on independent project work. Project work includes the production of a demo reel to demonstrate skills and ability for presentation to potential employers. Students also study character animation in greater depth, along with modelling and texturing. Year 4 (Honours) Students undertake a substantial project which offers the opportunity to create a piece of animated work that will showcase their skills and assist them when seeking employment at the end of the course. Students also study digital effects for TV and film and virtual reality. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates will be able to work within a number of areas such as computer games, animated films, music videos, special effects, web design, product design and display. Not all graduates will go onto work in animation; some will work in other areas of multimedia and digital design. As more and more animation finds its way into general multimedia and the web, and with increasing power in smartphones and tablets, 3D is finding greater use in games and in user interface

Entry UCAS Computer Animation GW46 P BSc/CA Computer Animation with Digital Art G4W2 P BA/CAWDA Campus Paisley School Computing Duration BA/BSc 3 years BA/BSc Hons 4 years Contact John McQuillan 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

design.The skills developed during the degree will be useful in any of these related disciplines. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION At time of print, opportunities for professional accreditation of these programmes are being explored.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC (Art & Design or Graphic Communication or Photography preferred for Computer Animation; required for Computer Animation with Digital Art), plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC (a practical art-related A-Level preferred for Computer Animation; required for Computer Animation with Digital Art), plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA HNC/HND or BTEC Level 4 HNC/ Level 5 HND: Relevant animation subject to include at least an introductory component in animation. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Animation or related subject with significant animation content. Additional Info Applicants may be required to submit a portfolio of artwork. Applicants may also be considered with other relevant academic, vocational or professional qualifications.


Computing

Computer Games DEVELOPMENT The fastest growing sector of the computer games industry is for game-playing on smartphones, tablets, internet sites and social networking spaces and this course prepares graduates for employment in this rapidly changing environment. ABOUT THE COURSE The computer games marketplace has changed – huge growth in availability, use of personal computing platforms, and consolidation of social networking spaces have had significant impact. Faster and more easily available broadband has enabled gamers to access game technology almost anywhere. Games developers for these ‘everywhere and everyone’ markets must be talented, creative and entrepreneurial. The games market demographic is potentially everyone with a smartphone, social networking account or tablet. We see you as a games developer from day one until you graduate and bring your own games into the market to be played. The programme introduces you to the complete product development lifecycle. This is a practitioner’s degree that encourages you to be creative. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Students have the option of undertaking a 36 week placement between Years 2 and 3 or Years 3 and 4. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 The games industry, games programming, professional issues in creative industries and Flash and animation for games and other creative industries are explored. At the end of the year you will produce an e-portfolio based showreel featuring your best work to present to employers. Year 2 You will deepen your understanding of the essential parts of games creation, including games design, website programming, and games development for mobile phones, interaction design, games employment and games creation from engines. By the end of Year 2 you will be able to consider Page – 98

setting up your own games studio or taking an industry placement. Year 3 The major work is a year-long team development project to create a working 3D game for release and play by the wider public. All teams will be working on real games, using real games engines with the intention of creating an employmentready showreel on their e-portfolio. The social implications of video games and advanced web games creation techniques are studied. (Optional) Sandwich Placement It is possible to undertake a placement on a full-time basis over a minimum 36 weeks duration, leading to a sandwich award. This can be taken either between Years 2 and 3 or between Years 3 and 4. Year 4 (Honours) You will undertake a work-related project and dissertation, based on a real, work-related issue of use in your games studio development work. In addition, there are a range of modules offered such as learning games, and the direction of the creative industries. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS The major games studios all have a growing interest in casual, portable, online and personal gaming platforms. However, they only employ the most talented and business-aware graduates. This is why we emphasise the need, from the start, to work on real-world tasks and to create a strong e-portfolio and showreel. Strong support is also given for those wishing to run their own games studio. The wide range of skills graduates leave with can be applied to a range of industries including mobile phone, PC, games, animation or social networking.

Entry

UCAS Ayr G610 A BSc/CGD Hamilton G610 H BSc/CGD Paisley G610 P BSc/CGD Campus Ayr (Years 1, 2 and 3 only)^ Hamilton (Years 1, 2 and 3 only)^ Paisley (all years) School Computing Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc (Sandwich) 4 years BSc (Hons Sandwich) 5 years Contact Dr John Sutherland 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION At time of print the Honours degree at Paisley and Hamilton campuses is accredited by the British Computer Society as fully meeting the educational requirements for Chartered IT Professional registration. Students undertaking this Honours programme will need to complete a year of further learning beyond graduation if they wish to complete Chartered IT Professional registration. Part-time students must gain their award within 6 years if they wish accreditation.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB, plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: BC, plus 3 GCSEs including English and Maths. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Computer Games Development. SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Computing or Software Development. Year 3 Entry may be possible with: SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Computer Games Development. ^At time of print, the Honours year of study is not offered at Ayr or Hamilton campuses. Students wishing to take Honours will spend Year 4 at Paisley Campus. This is currently under review. Contact Admissions contact, Dr John Sutherland, for further details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Computing

Computer Games Technology Designed in collaboration with some of the UK’s top computer games companies, this UWS course is one of only five undergraduate games development degrees in the UK to receive full Skillset accreditation; preparing you for a career as a games developer, programmer or software developer. ABOUT THIS COURSE In 2011, the games industry was valued at USD$65billion, with further growth expected (Reuters). The console games market is expected to quadruple by 2015, and demand for a skilled workforce expected to be significant. At the core of the industry is the games console (Microsoft Xbox 360, Sony PS3, Nintendo Wii and the desktop PC). Developing today’s console games can take considerable time, cost millions, and involve hundreds of developers - programmers, artists, musicians, producers etc. The heart of the video game is written by the console games programmer, creating the world where gameplay takes place. UWS students will have access to industry-standard hardware, including our Playstation Games Development Studio, developed with Sony Computer Entertainment Europe. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE You have the option to undertake a year’s paid sandwich placement in industry, in the UK or abroad, to gain valuable work experience in the computer games sector. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will study the hardware and software components of computer games. Programming concepts are introduced and 2D graphics programming skills developed. The maths of the physical processes to be modelled in computer games is studied alongside the creative processes used in games construction. You will start to build your own portfolio of work.

Page – 99

Year 2 Software engineering skills and programme development techniques studied in Year 1 are expanded. Graphics, animation and 3D modelling techniques are explored and you will study the design of computer games. Students continue to develop their skills in modelling, underlying physical processes (such as collisions, gravitation and momentum). Programming skills are further developed, with options in mobile and web games. (Optional) Sandwich Placement It is possible to undertake a placement on a full-time basis over a minimum 36 weeks duration, leading to a sandwich award. This can be taken either between Years 2 and 3 or between Years 3 and 4. Year 3 You will study advanced games programming techniques, and the use of AI (Artificial Intelligence) techniques in computer games. Students also develop a complete computer game throughout the year as part of their games portfolio. Year 4 (Honours) You will study console development techniques (e.g. for the PlayStation console) and the application of visualisation techniques in the construction of computer games. Students undertake a major individual project to develop a computer game. Options allow you to specialise in an area of interest. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates are in high demand and many have already secured positions as games developers/programmers with some of the sector’s biggest games companies such as Sony and Blitz Games. Other opportunities include software development. Some UWS graduates have relocated to Japan and Canada to be at the heart of the gaming market.

Entry

UCAS G451 P BSc/CGT Campus Paisley School Computing Duration BSc 3 years BSc (Sandwich) 4 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Professor Thomas Connolly 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk ^Part-time students must gain their award within 6 years if they wish accreditation.

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION At time of print, the Honours degree is accredited by Skillset, the Sector Skills Council for the Audio Visual Industries in the UK. The Honours degree, at time of print, is also accredited by the British Computer Society (BCS) as fully meeting the educational requirements for Chartered IT Professional registration. Students wishing to complete Chartered IT Professional registration will need to complete a year of further learning beyond graduation^. The BCS has accredited the Honours degree for Chartered Engineer registration under licence from the UK regulator, the Engineering Council. Students wishing to complete Chartered Engineer registration will need to complete either an appropriate accredited Masters degree or appropriate further learning to Masters level^.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBB (including Maths and preferably Physics, Computing or Technological Studies), plus SQA Standard Grade English. GCE A-Levels: BCC (including Maths and preferably Physics, Computing or ICT), plus GCSE English and preferably Physics. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 GCE A-Levels: AAB (including Maths and preferably Physics, Computing or ICT). SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Computer Games Development. SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Computing or Software Development. For Year 2 entry, C++ (or Java or C#) and Maths must be covered in the appropriate HNC/HND.


Computing

Computer Networking Accredited by the British Computer Society, and with placement opportunities, this course equips you with the skills to specialise in networking technology; and covers the knowledge required for Cisco Certified Networking Associate – a worldwide recognised qualification. ABOUT THE COURSE The world we live in could not function as efficiently without computers and the networks which connect them. Networks may operate over small or large areas, and be based on copper cables, fibre optic links or wireless technology. The range of applications is continually increasing, encompassing commerce, shopping, entertainment, gameplay, information storage and retrieval and personal communication such as email, instant messaging and social networking. The technology, infrastructure, hardware and software underpinning these needs to be specified, designed, installed and maintained, and this degree will provide you with the knowledge and skills required to work in this area. Covering mainly general computing technology in first year, the course then begins to specialise in networking technology – particularly infrastructure such as routers and switches – in second year. Third year provides an in-depth look at Windows and Unix/Linux server administration, along with a detailed look at how networks operate. Honours students will have the opportunity to specialise in areas such as wireless networks and security, and complete a networking project. Cisco labs are available on our campuses and you will have the opportunity for placement to gain vital industry experience. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE You will have the opportunity to undertake a placement in a commercial organisation to gain vital industry experience. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 Networking concepts are introduced along with a broad range of computing topics including basic web authoring and the operation of computing hardware and software.

Page – 100

Year 2 You will examine networking infrastructure, such as routers and switches, including design and administration of such networks. You will also learn the basics of databases, and undertake a group project or have the opportunity of a placement in industry. (Optional) Sandwich Placement It is possible to undertake a placement on a full-time basis over a minimum 36 weeks duration, leading to a sandwich award. This can be taken either between Years 2 and 3 or between Years 3 and 4. Year 3 The degree year covers both Windows and Linux system administration, giving you the knowledge and skills required to maintain servers on a network. You will also learn more about the operation of networks. Continuing third year students can choose an option module enabling them to undertake a placement project (computing).

Entry

UCAS Ayr H601 A BSc/CompN Hamilton H601 H BSc/CompN Paisley H601 P BSc/CompN NB Year 3 entry to this UWS programme is also offered at Cumbernauld College under our partnership agreement, (UCAS: H601 C BSc/CompN). Campus Ayr, Hamilton, Paisley School Computing Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years Contact Jim Scullion (Ayr) Chris Armstrong (Hamilton) Duncan Thomson (Paisley) 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 4 (Honours) You will study more advanced networking topics, such as wireless networks, Linux networking, and security, as well as undertaking a network project designed to integrate much of the knowledge and skills you have built over your years of study.

such as BSkyB, BT, Dell, Herald and Times group, IBM, Ministry of Defence, NTL, Prudential, Strathclyde Fire & Rescue and Tiscali. Graduates have also progressed to further study in specialised areas of networking, teaching and research.

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS System and network design and administration is a more buoyant area of the IT jobs market – recent UWS graduates are working in a range of organisations from large telecommunications companies or public sector employers to smaller specialised technology firms. with job titles such as systems engineer, network engineer, network administrator, IT specialist, team manager and customer operation engineer. Graduates have gained employment with organisations

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION At time of print the Honours degree at Paisley and Hamilton campuses is accredited by the British Computer Society as fully meeting the educational requirements for Chartered IT Professional registration. Students undertaking the Honours degree will need to complete a year of further learning beyond graduation if they wish to complete Chartered IT Professional registration. Part-time students must gain their award within 6 years if they wish accreditation.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB (1 from Computing, Maths or Physics) plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: BC (1 from Computing, Maths or Physics) plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: AA (Maths), plus SQA Highers (AB) in 2 other subjects. Appropriate relevant computing qualification or experience required. GCE A-Levels: A*AA (Maths) in one sitting. Appropriate relevant computing qualification or experience required. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 38 points, to include Higher Level Maths (Grade 6) plus 2 other Higher Level subjects (Grade 6). Must include Computer Science. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Computing: Technical Support, Computing: Internetworking. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Computing (Technical Support) or Computing (Internetworking). Grade B in Graded Unit. Additional Info All applicants to Year 2 must have completed either CCNA Exploration 1, or CCNA Discovery 1 and 2 courses (recognised through CISCO Networking Academy). Other qualifications, including Credit Accumulation and Transfer (CATS) points in relevant computing, technical support or internetworking subjects and at the appropriate SCQF level (and equivalent) will also be considered for entry to Years 2 and 3 (e.g. 240 CATS points, of which 90 points must be at SCQF Level 8, or equivalent).


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Computing

Computing Specialist computing professionals are highly valued in the modern workplace. Professionally accredited and with placement options, this course will open up varied career opportunities including software developer/engineer, web developer and systems analyst. ABOUT THE COURSE Covering a range of areas including software development, databases, web development, enterprise development and computer networking, this course will develop a wide-ranging understanding of computing. Your skills will be attractive to employers looking not only for software developers, but also systems analysts, webmasters or network support specialists. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Industrial Placement You have the option of taking a double credit industrial placement module for three months in Trimester 2 of the third year of the programme which will allow you to enhance your computing skills in an industrial or commercial environment. Sandwich Placement You have the option of a 12-month paid placement in an industrial or commercial setting, providing practical experience to complement academic study. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 The first year of the course provides an introduction to computing as a profession. You will be introduced to software development processes and technologies, including the foundations of programming in a modern programming language and the development of applications for the internet and the web. Depending on the modules chosen, you’ll have the chance to use Cisco hardware, Java software, Dreamweaver, Oracle, Flash, SQL, XNA Studio, Xara X, and Light Wave.

Year 2 The software development theme continues and core modules on the analysis of software requirements and the design of software systems and components are studied. You also learn how to use modern software modelling tools and development environments to assist in analysis, design and coding tasks. Databases are introduced, and you will learn more about how websites and webbased applications are developed. Year 3 You will study how software projects are managed, and will begin to develop deep technical skills in the development of web services and applications and of the database systems which underlie many of them. Year 4 (Honours) The themes studied in Year 3 are continued and you will undertake a substantial individual project. Option Topics You can also choose from topics to broaden your expertise dependant on your campus of study. These become more specialised as the course progresses: Ayr & Dumfries – Complement the software development strand of the course with a range of topics, including multimedia, before studying a wider range of web development approaches relevant to modern business. Hamilton – Extend the software development strand and the study of database and web development and gain a wider focus of computer networking. Paisley – Extend the software development strand to include a wider focus on software engineering, enterprise technologies and web development.

Page – 101

Entry

UCAS Ayr G401 A BSc/Comp Dumfries G401 D BSc/Comp Hamilton G401 H BSc/Comp Paisley G401 P BSc/Comp Campus Ayr, Dumfries, Hamilton, Paisley School Computing Duration BSc 3 years BSc (Sandwich) 4 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Brian McGhee (Ayr) Glenn Affleck (Dumfries) Miriam Birch (Hamilton) Michael McCready (Paisley) 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Jobs may include software developer or software engineer, web developer, systems analyst, database administrator or database designer. Careers in IT consultancy, networking and infrastructure support, or technology sales, are also possible. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION At time of print the Honours degree at Paisley and Hamilton campuses is accredited by the British Computer Society as fully meeting the educational requirements for Chartered IT Professional registration. Students undertaking this Honours programme will need to complete a year of further learning beyond graduation if they wish to complete Chartered IT Professional registration. Part-time students must gain their award within 6 years if they wish accreditation.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: BC plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: AA (Maths) plus SQA Highers (AB) in 2 other subjects. Appropriate relevant computing qualification or experience required. GCE A-Levels: A*AA (Maths) in one sitting. Appropriate relevant computing qualification or experience required. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 38 points, to include Higher Level Maths (Grade 6) plus 2 other Higher Level subjects (Grade 6). Must include Computer Science. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Related computing or IT (to include programming). Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Software Development or relevant subject (to include data structures, databases and systems analysis). Additional Info Other qualifications, including Credit Accumulation and Transfer (CATS) points in relevant computing subjects and at the appropriate SCQF level (and equivalent) will also be considered for entry to Years 2 and 3. For example, 120 CATS points in computing/IT to include programming; 240 CATS points in computing of which 90 points must be at SCQF Level 8 (to include data structures, databases and systems analysis), or equivalent).


Computing

Information Technology With opportunities for placement, this course offers flexibility, giving you the option to tailor your studies around subject areas within information technology that you specifically want to focus on. ABOUT THE COURSE A broad range of computing subjects, including internet technologies, multimedia systems, computer animation, music technology, computer games and business IT are offered. Students have access to all School of Computing programme facilities including Cisco hardware/software and Oracle (database development). There’s also the option to use the University’s IT Academy vendor certified facilities enabling you to achieve vendor accreditation. It is possible to study on a full-time or part-time basis. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE This programme offers an optional 12-month paid sandwich placement in an industrial or commercial setting, providing practical experience to complement academic study. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will study IT topics from a prescribed list plus select from elective/optional modules. The prescribed list of modules is taken from a range of computing degrees. The modules are drawn from courses such as Computing, Computer Networking, Music Technology, Web and Mobile Development, Computer Animation, Computer Games Technology and Business Technology. Year 2 The flexible nature of the programme is such that the topics and electives chosen will typically be modules that build upon your first year of study and widen your experience.

Page – 102

Year 3 The IT topics and electives selected at this level will predominantly deepen your knowledge and understanding. However, there will be scope for widening your IT experience. Sandwich placement is an option at this stage (see above). Year 4 (Honours) You will again study from a prescribed list of IT topics and electives. The additional electives will provide some scope for widening experience. Honours students will undertake a major project in a chosen area of interest relating to their studies. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS As a graduate you can look forward to excellent career prospects. The practical approach featured throughout will enable you to make an effective and immediate contribution within your work environment. Jobs may include: computing/information technology specialist, computer programmer, web developer, database administrator or systems analyst, however the range of IT experience gained on this programme may provide the basis for a wide range of career options where the use of IT systems is of primary importance.

Entry UCAS Ayr G502 A BSc/IT Dumfries G502 D BSc/IT Hamilton G502 H BSc/IT Paisley G502 P BSc/IT Campus Ayr, Dumfries, Hamilton, Paisley School Computing Duration BSc 3 years BSc (Sandwich) 4 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Linda Crearie 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB, plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths (Grade 3, or above). GCE A-Levels: BC, plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: AA (Maths), plus SQA Highers (AB) in 2 other subjects. Appropriate relevant computing qualification or experience required. GCE A-Levels: A*AA (Maths) in one sitting. Appropriate relevant computing qualification or experience required. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 38 points, to include Higher Level Maths (Grade 6) plus 2 other Higher Level subjects (Grade 6). IB Diploma must include Computer Science. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: IT related subject. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: IT related subject. Additional Info Other qualifications, including Credit Accumulation and Transfer (CATS) points in relevant IT subjects and at the appropriate SCQF level (and equivalent) will also be considered for entry to Years 2 and 3. For example, Year 2: 120 CATS points in IT-related subjects; Year 3: 240 CATS points in IT-related subjects of which 90 points must be at SCQF Level 8, or equivalent).


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Computing

Music Technology This course aims to equip you with the knowledge and practical ability to work in technology related jobs in the music industry such as studio engineer, live sound engineer, sound recordist, broadcast engineer, sound technician and many more. ABOUT THe COURSE You will use modern computerbased equipment for live sound reinforcement, studio and location recording, production and postproduction processing of music and audio for a wide range of applications including: distribution, broadcast, multimedia, film, animation, and computer games. Continued investment in facilities ensures you will work in well-equipped, up-to-date studios and labs. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 Modern music production techniques are analysed and critical listening is developed. Audio and image editing is introduced to prepare for multimedia and broadcast applications. The practical aspects of live sound reinforcement will be explored together with the technical underpinning of acoustics. Audio technology will be introduced providing a background in electronics for audio applications. A discussion of the professional and business aspects of the creative technologies sector places the music industry in the wider context of the creative computing profession. Options allow you to develop your abilities in written music and harmony using a computer-based score editor or strengthen your interest in related creative technologies such as computer animation. Year 2 You will become proficient in the use of two industry-leading music software packages for recording and editing and in the use of professional standard live sound equipment. The theory of digital audio will be presented and you will gain knowledge of industry standards for music file storage, transfer and networking. Audio post-production applications and techniques will be introduced. The specifications of a wide range of audio hardware from Page – 103

microphones to systems will be discussed and measured. Acoustics theory will be presented and related to practical studio environments. The theory of sound reinforcement systems will be developed and complemented with SMAART measurements on real systems. Option choices allow you to develop your compositional skills or strengthen your interest in audio technology to include analogue and digital systems. Year 3 You will develop your knowledge and experience in the audio area and integrate this with film, animation and multimedia, culminating in a group project to produce a promotional multimedia CD for a band or artist. Audio signal processing will develop a deeper understanding of the processes applied to audio by digital workstation applications and VST effect plug-in units will be developed. The business and legal framework of the music industry will be presented. Through option choices you could discover the amazing possibilities which microcontrollers offer to interface the real world to musical applications or you could participate in a music industry placement in the UK or abroad in a partner institution, such as the Harris Institute in Canada. Year 4 (Honours) The advanced audio topics of mastering and surround mixing complete your experience of audio engineering applied to the areas of film and animation. Audio signal processing concentrates on synthesis techniques and VST instrument plug-in units will be developed. A major personal project is also undertaken. Option choices allow you to study the distribution of media across the internet via a streaming server and other current topics relating to networked multimedia or develop audio for computer games applications.

Entry

UCAS W350 P BSc/MT Campus Paisley* School Computing Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years Contact Derek Turner 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk *Delivery of the Music Technology degree is primarily at the University’s Paisley Campus; however students may also choose from a selection of optional modules which include some delivered on the Ayr Campus. In addition to the facilities in Paisley, students will have access to facilities at Ayr Campus which include additional recording studios.

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Career paths would typically be as studio engineers, either recording, mixing or mastering music, live sound engineers, sound recordists, broadcast engineers, audio editors, sound technicians, further and higher education, or as AV installation engineers. Many graduates choose to work as freelancers and some set up their own business or work for small companies. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION This Honours programme is accredited by JAMES ( Joint Audio Media Education Support).

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC (preferably including Maths or Physics or Computing or Information Systems or Technological Systems, as well as Music), plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC (preferably including Maths or Computing or Physics, as well as Music/Music Technology), plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. BTEC National Diploma: Music Technology. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Music and Audio Technology, Music Technology or closely related subject. For SQA HND (preferably Grade A, in Graded Unit). SAE Diploma in Audio Recording. Additional Info Applicants without formal qualifications, who have relevant work experience, may be considered for entry. Applicants are normally invited for interview.


Computing

Web and Mobile Development The Web and Mobile Development course equips you with the skills to design, develop and maintain secure and usable web services and mobile applications that exploit the capabilities of the internet, giving you the chance to pursue a career as a web/mobile developer or designer. ABOUT THE COURSE The web and mobile technologies have radically altered the way in which individuals and organisations communicate and conduct business. Web-based technologies allow millions of users to access workgroups, vendors and clients; and ensure safe and secure internet transactions. Web applications continue to develop in areas such as cloud computing, gaming and GPSaware mobile devices. To support this high-technology growth sector, there is demand for skilled personnel who are able to design and develop web services software and administer the infrastructure on which these systems operate. Students of this programme will gain expertise in systems design and analysis; use the latest tools, techniques and scripting languages for developing dynamic, interactive, secure and robust web solutions; establish and maintain secure web servers; and design, develop and interact with business models and database systems. The degree has strong input from industry and graduates of the course regularly deliver guest lectures, giving students a valuable insight into the sector and the key to success on entering the workplace. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 Provides a broad-based introduction to computing, the web and the computing profession. You will gain skills in the use of internet tools and techniques, e-business, networks, programming and design. Year 2 Year 1 topics are extended but with an increased web focus. Topics include design, authoring and interaction for the web. Through this, you will be introduced to industry-standard software and programming for mobile devices. Additionally, you will study the use of XML and databases. Page – 104

Year 3 You will undertake studies in the use of HTML5, CSS3 and JavaScript for client-side website development with ASP. NET and PHP on the server side. You will configure and administer a number of secure servers for the deployment of web/ mobile services. You also study the theory and practice of software for the implementation of business web/mobile solutions and mobile/ web games (optional module). Year 4 (Honours) You will extend your studies of clientserver systems (e.g. AJAX, jQuery and HTML5 programming) plus emerging web server technologies used for the production of intuitive and dynamic web interfaces. You will undertake a major individual project over the year to produce a web service product using mobile, multimedia, cloud computing or other techniques of your choice. All Honours year students have the opportunity to showcase their work to industry as part of the School of Computing’s annual showcase event, Digital Futures. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS This degree is designed to provide you with key skills in demand by the employment market such as web authoring, techniques for the development of web software and the administration of servers or web applications. The types of skills will provide you with the ability to set up and manage secure and robust web servers and to create and maintain appropriate web material for companies. Graduates should be suitable for positions such as mobile developers, web programmers, internet and systems developers and web designers in a variety of organisations.

Entry

UCAS G450 P BSc/WebD Campus Paisley School Computing Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years Contact Dr Mark Davison 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION At time of print the Honours degree is accredited by the British Computer Society as fully meeting the educational requirements for Chartered IT Professional registration. Students undertaking this Honours programme will need to complete a year of further learning beyond graduation if they wish to complete Chartered IT Professional registration. Part-time students must gain their award within 6 years if they wish accreditation.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC, plus GCE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant computing, multimedia, information systems or internetworking subject. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Relevant computing, multimedia, information systems or internetworking subject.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“The programme gives a solid grasp of the basics, across a range of relevant disciplines. This knowledge is extremely valuable to anyone wishing to pursue a career in web development.” Lance Taylor Web Development graduate

Page – 105


Page – 106


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Creative and Cultural Industries An exciting range of programmes which anticipate the skills needed to meet the demands of the creative and cultural industries.

Page – 107


Page – 108


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“UWS is an amazing place to work, play and study. If you want the best facilities and the best lecturers then you want to be here.” Barry Maclean School of Creative and

Cultural Industries student

Page – 109


Creative and Cultural Industries Opportunities for you Practical experience, study abroad options, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE UWS courses offer a range of practical experience, from workrelated learning to placement – see course entries for details.

Study abroad UWS students have the opportunity to spend time studying abroad, gaining credit towards their degree, at one of our 80 partner institutions.

professional Recognition Many of our courses are recognised by professional bodies – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.

Section contents Broadcast Production

112

Commercial Music

113

Commercial Sound Production

114

Contemporary Screen Acting

115

Digital Art

116

Filmmaking & Screen-writing

117

Journalism

118

Musical Theatre

119

Performance

120

Sports Journalism

121

“UWS produces remarkable talent. I have employed several graduates and I’m always genuinely pleased with their knowledge and understanding of the ‘real’ needs of television production. Their graduates come fully equipped with the correct skills for the industry and are of a consistently high standard. When looking for new talent UWS has become my first port of call.” Selena Mackay Freelance Production Manager

Page – 110

CREATIVE AND CULTURAL INDUSTRIES (CCI) AT UWS • Our courses are part of the Creative Media Academy, which is designed to anticipate the skills needed to meet the demands of the creative and cultural industries • Practice-led programmes that reflect current industry best practice, supported by first-class facilities • Accredited by Creative Skillset, the Sector Skills Council for creative media and other professional bodies such as Broadcast Journalism Training Council, Drama UK and JAMES • Delivered by staff with extensive experience of professional practice across the screen, broadcast, journalism, music performance and visual arts • Opportunities for students to work in creative teams to deliver real life industry projects • Input from a range of industry experts through guest lectures and workshops INDUSTRY STANDARD FACILITIES Facilities are mainly based at our £81m Ayr Campus, which opened in September 2011, where you can access: • screening space • performance suite • two 3-camera TV studios • four comprehensively equipped radio studios • six music rehearsal rooms kitted out with a range of equipment • four recording studios equipped with Digidesign’s ProTools recording equipment • four computer labs with Apple Macintosh computers equipped with software and accessories for video, audio, radio, music and art • UWS student radio station, broadcasting to FM, and on DAB to a potential audience of 300,000 across the West of Scotland

• two fully equipped broadcast studios, newsrooms, and Apple labs at our Hamilton Campus We also enjoy partnerships with Sony, Digidesign, BASCA and the Scottish Drama Training Network. PRACTICAl EXPERIENCE UWS students have worked with: • Channel 4 • STV • BBC • Film-City Glasgow • CCA Glasgow • Sky TV • community projects from across the region • a range of local and community radio stations • Pinewood Studios • Mirror Group Newspapers • Sony EXPERT ADVICE UWS students have enjoyed input from industry experts including: • singer/songwriter, Shirley Manson • top Scottish film and TV producer, Paddy Higson • Louise Pirie, Researcher, Producer/Director • John Agnew, Lighting Cameraman • Dorothy Le Grove, Sound Recordist • actress Blythe Duff • acting and voice coach Mel Churcher • Michelle Gauntlett, Production Manager • Gail Birnie, Executive Producer • Maria Stewart, Producer/Director • Oliver Cheesman, Director of Photography • Martin McCardie, Film and TV Screenwriter • David Bates, Senior Artists and Repertoire (A&R) Manager at Sony BMG


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Study abroad As part of your course, we offer opportunities for study abroad in Europe to enable you to broaden your horizons and live and work in another country. You can continue your studies at one of our partner institutions and experience a new culture, which can help improve your employment prospects upon graduation. It’s not essential that you are fluent in a foreign language, as many of our EU partner institutions teach in English. For more info see the study abroad section of our website. PART-TIME STUDY We offer a range of flexible parttime routes for anyone wanting to move into the creative and cultural industries with prior experience. For further information contact University Direct on 0800 027 1000 or visit our website for details www.uws.ac.uk LEADING INDUSTRY EMPLOYERS Our Creative Media Academy brings together all of our provision in support of the creative media sector. Incorporating partnerships for progression with Scotland’s colleges, the Academy operates between our campuses and a creative enterprise cluster in Glasgow, working with the CCA: Centre for Contemporary Arts, Film City Glasgow and our Media Academy Knowledge Exchange (MAKE). Through our presence in Glasgow’s Creative Clyde we are co-located with some of the largest media employers in Scotland – ideal for networking, collaboration and professional development – and with major international media businesses, micro-enterprises and independent practitioners.

Page – 111

RESEARCH EXCELLENCE Our vibrant research activity covers a wide range of areas, including: • providing advice on the cultural and educational aspects of London’s successful bid to host the 2012 Olympic Games • practice-led research in popular music, theatre, broadcasting and the visual arts • new media art, ethics and emerging media technologies in collaboration with leading arts festivals and venues including CCA Glasgow and FACT, Liverpool • creative writing for fiction, film, theatre and TV, working with leading broadcasters and arts companies • cultural policy, cultural practice and cultural economy in Scotland and Europe, from small island communities to large urban conurbations • participatory arts and media practice, community regeneration and public art • journalism, politics and media representation • the future of sport, and the cultural and social impact of major sporting events • research on poetry, independent film, and new media Find out more at www.twitter.com/UWScreative

SHOWCASE YOUR WORK An annual end of year show, gives students the chance to showcase their work to peer groups and potential employers, please see www.uws.ac.uk/showcase

“At UWS you get the experience of a creative education and have a good time studying some of the most interesting things you’ll ever learn. I play guitar and sing in a band and I’m pretty involved with our student radio station. It’s easy to do lots of extra-curricular projects for fun since we have great access to film cameras and studios. Some of the lecturers are geniuses! I find them very inspiring.” Phil Anderson Broadcast Production student


Creative and Cultural Industries

Broadcast Production Accredited by Creative Skillset, this course – which combines theory and practice – teaches you how to make and understand television, radio and other digital media. ABOUT THE COURSE Programme content is tailored to the current broadcasting industry, combining practice and theory, and is taught by staff with extensive experience in the industry. You will have access to the latest broadcasting facilities and the chance to work in our radio and television studios; digital sound and video editing suites; and the opportunity to broadcast on the campus radio station. We will teach you how to develop and produce television programmes, write scripts, produce radio, and make documentaries. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Opportunities are available to work within the broadcast industry and to gain academic credit for that work; and you’ll get first-hand knowledge of TV and radio production through workshops and seminars. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 Television production, filmmaking and script-writing are presented within modules in television production. You will also study Digital Photography, Introduction to Radio, Factual Broadcasting, and production-oriented modules. Optional modules include Sport: Media and Society; Popular Music; History and Politics; Creative Writing 2; and modern languages (French, German or Spanish). Year 2 You will continue to produce for TV, radio and new platforms and will begin to specialise, choosing a pathway of production/study to prepare you for your chosen career. Modules include Studio Production, Radio Practice and Broadcast Drama. In the core documentary module you will develop, pitch and produce a short documentary and engage with documentary theory.

Page – 112

You’ll improve your creative writing skills in Introduction to Scriptwriting and Screen-writing: The Short Film (option). Other options include Digital Photography 2, and Scotland: Media & Identity. You will also be able to choose from a range of option modules including a modern language. Year 3 You will specialise in television or radio production combining theory with practical experience. Modules studied include Research for Broadcast, Rights and Creative Industries, and Global Cultural Industries. Option modules are Team Writing for Television, and The Situation Comedy: Radio and Television. Year 4 (Honours) Your creative project and research project make up the majority of this year and allow you to concentrate on the areas chosen in Year 3. The creative project will focus on television or radio and will be a culmination of all your previous production experiences. Your broadcasting research project will allow you to immerse yourself in an area of broadcast media that interests you. You will also study Broadcasting: Current Issues, which is primarily taught by industry practitioners. Finally, you can choose a module from a list of options that includes Crime Drama, American Television: Genre, Culture and History and the practice-based module Producing Factual Formats.

Entry

UCAS P391 A BA/BroadP Campus Ayr School Creative and Cultural Industries Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Lynn Sinclair 0800 027 1000 (44 141 848 7044 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS This degree prepares you for entering the dynamic media and creative industries. National broadcasters, such as the BBC and a range of media companies at home and abroad, have employed UWS graduates. Professional Accreditation This course is professionally accredited by Creative Skillset. This ensures the course has undergone a rigorous assessment process conducted by experts working in the creative industries.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, including English. GCE A Levels: CCC, plus GCSE English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBC, plus SQA Higher English and SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A Levels: BBC plus GCSE English. Entry may be possible with: SQA HNC: Communication, Media or related subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. BTEC Level 4 HNC: Communication, Media or related subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Year 3 Entry may be possible with: SQA HND: Communication, Media or related subject. BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree: Communication, Media or related subject. Additional info All applicants will be expected to submit a strong personal statement and reference. Applicants may be invited for interview.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Creative And Cultural Industries

Commercial Music Music is one of the UK’s largest industries by export alone and this professionally accredited programme aims to enable those with talent, drive and ability to forge a varied, lifelong career incorporating performance, business, composition, production and sociology elements, in areas such as music promotion, tour management, sound engineering and production. ABOUT THE COURSE Developed in response to industry, the focus is on a rapidly developing modern music business and the exciting opportunities brought about by new media. The course is structured around key skills and business modules and allows you to select modules suited to your own interests and career aspirations. Lecturers are practising music industry professionals and highprofile guest speakers regularly bring their expertise to the course, most recently including Shirley Manson and Ricky Ross. Open to those with an interest in music such as songwriters, producers, DJs, re-mixers, those wishing to run small record companies, develop artists or stage live events, the course will encourage you to develop a variety of specialisms, making you sufficiently versatile to sustain not one but several serial careers in the music industry. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE A work-related learning module offers you an opportunity to gain experience in a relevant organisation or company. Project work including record releases and performance events will be staged regularly. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will be introduced to performance, production and sociology/industry environment; and will complete modules to develop transferable skills. Year 2 Core classes range from analysis of media sources and intellectual property to professional practice. Performance options include songwriting and instrumental/ group skills. Production elements include digital music production, Page – 113

Entry

new media and website design and additional options include events production and investigation of the international music markets. Year 3 You will undertake a major selfdirected project and further explore options including songwriting and production modules. Work-related learning is also offered as an option. These modules are underpinned by research-focused study. Year 4 You will undertake a major research project (dissertation), a creative project based in performance, technology or events, studies in entrepreneurship and the construction of a business plan. You will also choose from a range of exciting options including film music/foley and a music project requiring you to release a single on a variety of platforms. You will work towards the prestigious Showcase Event and Awards Ceremony at Glasgow’s CCA. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates are likely to have employment opportunities in scouting for record companies, music promotion, tour management, sound engineering, producing and becoming recording artists. There is also the opportunity for graduates to go on to further study on the MA Songwriting and Performance or the MA Music Innovation and Entrepreneurship. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION BA (Hons) Commercial Music is part of the UWS Creative Skillset Media Academy, is an Avid Authorised Training Partner and has recently been awarded JAMES accreditation. PARTNERSHIP AND COLLABORATION UWS is an academic supporter of the British Academy of Songwriters, Composers and Authors (BASCA).

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC including English. GCE A Levels: CCC plus GCSE English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points.

UCAS W340 A BA/CM Campus Ayr School Creative and Cultural Industries Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Allan Dumbreck or Jim Prime 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk NB Year 3 entry to the Commercial Music programme is also offered at Stow College under our partnership agreement, (UCAS: W340 S BA/CM).

Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBC plus SQA Higher English and SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A Levels: BBC plus GCSE English. Entry may be possible with: SQA HNC: Communication, Media, Music, Performance, Music Technology or Music Business. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. BTEC Level 4 HNC: Communication, Media or related subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Year 3 Relevant SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree/Advanced Diploma: Music, Performance, Music Technology or Music Business. Additional info All applicants will be expected to submit a strong personal statement and reference. Applicants may be invited for interview and/or audition.


Creative and Cultural Industries

Commercial Sound Production (3rd year entry) Music is now one of the UK’s largest industries by export alone, and this course aims to enable those with talent and ability to forge a varied, lifelong career in a range of roles in producing music for radio/film/TV/ computer games and much more. ABOUT THE COURSE A vibrant but constantly changing terrain shaped by technology and imagination, the music production environment attracts many, who in the past were fortunate to sustain a few years of employment. Delivered at Cumbernauld College, the course combines business modules (project management, IT, communication/ negotiation skills, structure of the music industry and creativity) and allows you to select modules in production and/or industry environment/sociology. Employability is a key aim of the course.

YOUR LEARNING Year 3 Introducing the concepts of creativity, you will have a chance to advance your study into new media and music product design and complete a four-week work placement. Students develop a negotiated project of their own using the University’s facilities. Record releases and events will be staged from the beginning of Trimester 2 onwards. Music and Audio Post Production modules will give students the required skills needed to work within the varied audio industries.

You will develop technical production skills in the subjects of music, sound design and audio production, specialising in areas such as surround sound and audio for a wide range of media applications. Extensive staff expertise will help you make the most of your experience at UWS. Open to those with an interest in music such as songwriters, producers, DJs, re-mixers etc, the course will encourage you to develop a variety of specialisms.

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS The sector operates largely on a fixed term contract basis and you will often find yourself working on a number of contracts simultaneously on a freelance basis. Graduates will be required to build extensive contact networks and to work on a flexible basis. Contract options will include: music with radio/television/film; music for computer games; broadcast media; production management; arts administration; community arts; copyright administration; music performance; music publishing; sound recording; or events organisation. Employers include public sector bodies such as community art/ culture organisations, schools and colleges, NHS, as well as independent film-makers, radio stations etc.

PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE There is the opportunity to complete a four-week work placement during the course. Project work including record releases and performance events will be staged regularly to develop your experience and understanding of the industry environment.

FURTHER STUDY On successful completion you could gain entry to the Honours year of the BA (Hons) Commercial Music at UWS Ayr Campus or BSc (Hons) Music Technology at UWS Paisley Campus, and then on to a postgraduate programme of study. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by JAMES ( Joint Audio Media Education Support).

Page – 114

Entry

Location Cumbernauld College*

Year 3 SQA HND: Music Technology, Sound Production, or equivalent (Grade B in the Graded Unit). BTEC Level 5 HND: Music Technology, Sound Production, or equivalent. Advanced Diploma: Music Technology, Sound Production, or equivalent.

School Creative and Cultural Industries

Additional info Applicants will be invited for interview.

UCAS JP30 C BA/CSP

Duration BA 1 year Contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk *Some classes may be delivered offcampus, at the School of Creative and Cultural Industries’ Creative Hub in Glasgow’s CCA and Paisley.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Creative and Cultural Industries

Contemporary Screen Acting (3rd year entry) This unique two-year degree is specifically aimed at enterprising acting students committed to exploring the use of new media and digital platforms for the recording and delivery of their creative acting talent. ABOUT THE COURSE The course - which has received Drama UK recognition, a new level of quality assurance for drama training providers – will develop your skills in screen acting, editing, self-recording, TV presenting and studio acting for green screen. Supported by industry professionals, you’ll make short films and online dramas, create your own digital showreel and use social media to launch your professional screen career, using state-of-theart facilities at our Ayr Campus. The course offers a unique blend of student experience in the practical and theoretical study of contemporary screen acting by the use of several new core modules. These are specifically designed to combine creativity, flexibility, commerciality and enterprise. The programme will appeal to students on a full-time basis, but due to flexible delivery, will also be an attractive prospect for actors who wish to expand their acting abilities. Uniquely, students will gain experience of working with external client groups such as small and medium enterprises, community groups, charities and voluntary bodies. Our student actors work with these enterprises to create an authentic creative relationship between the University and industry and will publicise their client’s activities on the web through the creation of interactive mini-dramas, training videos, webisodes or viral ads. In addition, students are taught to create, record, edit and publish their own web deliverable screen actor’s online showreel.

Page – 115

Students will explore advanced screen acting techniques for new green screen technologies and the exciting new sphere of computer generated imaging. At present, very little training is given for this type of work and UWS is the first university to offer this unique educational experience. YOUR LEARNING Year 3 You will study the year-long Commercial Screen Project, Screen Acting Skills, Camera Acting Techniques and Researching Creative Practice. You can also choose from options such as TV Presenting, which are all taught by leading industry practitioners. Year 4 You will study modules such as the Screen Actor’s Showreel, Screen Drama, Contemporary Screen Acting Research, and finally conceive and deliver a major creative project such as a short film, an online publicity campaign, or a trailer for a long-running TV drama. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS You will enter the job market as a trained, motivated individual capable of marketing yourself within the creative industries as a whole, and on the web in particular. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION This course is recognised by Drama UK. UWS degree courses are among the first in the UK to achieve Drama UK recognition - a new level of quality assurance for drama training providers.

Entry Year 3 SQA HND: Acting and Performance. Applicants may also be considered with a performance or screen-based HND. BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree: Acting and Performance. UCAS W410 A BA/ScrAct Campus Ayr School Creative and Cultural Industries Duration BA 1 year BA (Hons) 2 years Contact Stuart Hepburn 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Additional info Applicants are invited to attend an interview and must provide one piece of pre-written screen acting from an existing film or tv programme and one piece of screen acting they have devised themselves.


Creative and Cultural Industries

Digital Art (3rd year entry)* Digital Art, which also offers study abroad opportunities, enables you to build on existing qualifications and explores digitally based art and design, interactive media, time based art and 2D and 3D animation. It will open up career opportunities in interactive media, film, television, graphic design, computer games design publishing and community arts. ABOUT THE COURSE You will develop digital media content, video and animation and study contemporary art and design practice using the latest digital media facilities including state-of-the-art digital art labs at our Ayr Campus. YOUR LEARNING Year 3 You will specialise in digital creativity, digital media, graphic design and illustration, animation and time-based media. You’ll gain practical experience in visual communication and narrative construction; and become proficient in the development of pre-production imagery and narrative development. These topics provide the knowledge and skills that are essential to developing digital media, video and animation within a digital art degree. The digital media modules look at how these art and design principles can be applied in the digital domain. Students use industrystandard hardware and software in their studies and cover topics such as time based digital media, animation, digital illustration and interactivity. Students also engage with broader cultural contexts through building an understanding of how their work relates to contemporary digital art and artists. Students experience a number of studio and workshop practices and there are opportunities to devise creative projects bringing together skills acquired during the course. Guest lectures and workshop sessions are included within modules and students gain input from industry specialists.

Page – 116

Study Abroad You will be eligible to apply to study with one of our European partners in Trimester 2 of Year 3 as part of the Erasmus scheme. You may also opt to take part in the Intercultural Design Camp, comprising a two-week intensive summer school combining conceptual work and hands-on experience. Year 4 (Honours) You will utilise your core specialist skills in the development of selfgenerated digital art based creative projects. The dissertation covering an area of personal study is a core element for this programme. In addition, students are able to market, plan, set up and mount exhibitions of their own creative projects. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates are likely to find employment opportunities in interactive media, film, television, graphic design, computer games design, publishing and community arts. Previous students are working for a range of organisations including Apple, BBC Scotland, the NHS, Theatre Cryptic, The Lighthouse, Green Media, Ricefield Arts and Cultural Centre; while others are currently working as freelance illustrators, artists and designers, or with community arts and education organisations. FURTHER STUDY A number of our students have continued studies at postgraduate and Masters level in their chosen subject area.

Entry

UCAS W290 A BA/DA Campus Ayr School Creative and Cultural Industries Duration BA 1 year BA Hons 2 years Contact Blane Savage 01292 886 483 or 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Computer Arts, Visual Communication or Contemporary Arts Practice. Additional info Applicants will be invited for interview and assessed on their portfolio.

*

Please note: second year entry to this programme will be offered from 2014, subject to University approval. Further updates will be posted on our website when available.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Creative and Cultural Industries

Filmmaking & Screen-writing This professionally accredited course, which incorporates industry experience opportunities, gives you the chance to make your own films and write scripts whilst studying classic and cult films from around the world. ABOUT THE COURSE Appealing to those interested in creative filmmaking, screen-writing, and film analysis, this course will develop essential creative, critical and professional skills that are important within cinema, TV and related cultural industries. You will gain experience in key areas of production such as research and script-writing, camera and sound operation, and current postproduction techniques. The course helps improve transferable skills such as communication and presentation expertise and you will also build a portfolio of work throughout. Students can develop interests in the historical, technological and aesthetic development of filmmaking. The University is well-equipped with the latest digital film technology, television studios, and performance spaces and modules are taught by industry professionals. Students also benefit from guest lectures and workshops (which have included visits from film director Peter Mullen and film and TV writer Sergio Casci). PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE During Year 3, students have the option of taking a work-related learning module. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will be introduced to fundamental aspects of digital filmmaking and writing for the screen. Creative and technical skills are developed in modules covering video production and creative writing and you can take modules that complement practical filmmaking. Year 2 You will further develop creative skills in the contrasting contexts of fiction and documentary production and will benefit from specialised teaching in script-writing. Skills of critical

Page – 117

analysis, research and writing can be developed in film studies modules. Year 3 You will engage in more ambitious filmmaking and script-writing projects and can continue to develop critical skills by studying contemporary Hollywood filmmaking and by engaging with key theoretical perspectives and research techniques. You have the option of undertaking a work experience module to gain industry experience (placement organisations have included STV, BBC Scotland, and Glasgow Film Theatre). Year 4 (Honours) Central to studies are two double modules: the creative project in which you develop a folio of creative work; and the Honours dissertation, a research project on an aspect of filmmaking which is of particular interest to you. A core module in film producing is taken by all students. You can also choose from a range of film studies and creative practice options. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Recent graduates have found employment as directors, camera operators and editors. Moving image production (independent film, cinema and television) is growing considerably in Scotland and is creating a wide range of career opportunities. Graduates will be able to apply skills to a number of areas including film and television production, journalism, marketing, and management. Further study is possible at MA and PhD level. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION This course is professionally accredited by Creative Skillset. This ensures the course has undergone a rigorous assessment process conducted by experts working in the creative industries.

Entry Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, including English at B. GCE A Levels: CCC plus GCSE English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. UCAS WW68 A BA/FSW Campus Ayr School Creative and Cultural Industries Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Andrew Jarvis 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBC plus SQA Higher English and SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A Levels: BBC plus GCSE English. Entry may be possible with: SQA HNC: Communication, Media or related subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. BTEC Level 4 HNC: Communication, Media, or related subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Year 3 SQA HND (A in Graded Unit): Creative Media, Communication or related. BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree: Creative Media, Communication, or related subject. Additional info All applicants will be expected to submit a strong personal statement and reference. Applicants may be invited for interview.


Creative and Cultural Industries

Journalism The fast-moving world of journalism has changed in recent years; with new media opening up even more opportunities for graduates. This course, which is accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council, offers placement opportunities and will give you the strong practical skills needed to excel in this competitive profession. ABOUT THE COURSE This degree will equip you with the professional abilities and practical skills that journalists require to work in a newsroom. You will be taught general reporting, interviewing and writing skills to prepare you for the demands of the multiplatform news environment where journalists produce news in a variety of formats for print, broadcast and online audiences. The course also has a strong academic element that underpins the practical aspects of journalism. It provides students with a knowledge of national and local government, the Scottish Parliament, the European Union, and international relations as well as civil and criminal law and the role each of these plays in the news media. Aspects of the role of the news media in society, ethical dilemmas facing journalists and technological innovations in the industry, are also studied. This course is delivered by academics with a wealth of professional experience and has strong input from the sector with guest lectures delivered by journalists from the BBC, STV, the Herald and Daily Record. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE With strong emphasis on practical skills, all students undertake work placement in newspapers, magazines, broadcast and online news environments. Students gain work experience in local and national newsrooms across Scotland and throughout the UK. You are encouraged to develop your own portfolio of work throughout the course and build and maintain professional contacts.

Page – 118

YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will be given a comprehensive introduction to a range of newswriting and reporting skills for print, broadcast and online news providers. Study covers a range of issues relevant to journalism and news production in the 21st century. Year 2 You will undertake more advanced news-writing and news gathering projects. Broadcast journalism is studied along with the option of magazine journalism. Academic subjects include the study of politics and law and media regulation. Year 3 You will undertake a work placement in news organisations and participate in news production classes. Study includes ethics from a journalistic perspective and the wider social and cultural responsibilities of journalism, as well as engaging with academic research methods. Year 4 (Honours) You will complete a dissertation, a major research project involving independent study of an aspect of journalism and its role in society. Individual support and guidance from academic supervisors is given. Practical portfoliobased work continues and you are encouraged to undertake appropriate workplace experience. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates are equipped to provide a sound contribution to the newsroom and are armed with skills required to compete within a multimedia journalism environment.

Entry Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC including English. GCE A Levels: CCC plus GCSE English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. UCAS P500 H BA/Jour Campus Hamilton School Creative and Cultural Industries Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Amanda Geary 01698 283100 or 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

professional accreditation The UWS Journalism course is fully accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC). The BJTC works in partnership with all the main employers in the UK broadcast industry and accredits Higher Education courses based upon on their direct and practical nature. UWS’s journalism courses are fully BJTC accredited as being relevant and responsive to the demands of the broadcast industry.

Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBC plus SQA Higher English and SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A Levels: BBC plus GCSE English. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC/CertHE: Journalism or related subject (depending upon course content). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree/DipHE: Journalism or related subject (depending upon course content). Additional info All applicants will be expected to submit a strong personal statement and reference. Applicants may be required to submit a portfolio reflecting their journalistic skills.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Creative and Cultural Industries

Musical Theatre (3rd year entry) Follow your dreams of success with this unique musical theatre degree. There are opportunities in performance, theatre, production, research, teaching, and community arts. Developed and delivered in collaboration with Stow College, the course is taught by industry professionals, and is professionally accredited. Theoretical skills and practical experience run parallel on this course. ABOUT THE COURSE This degree will prepare you as a ‘triple threat’ performer, with skills in acting, singing and dance; subjects which form the core of this degree. Individual and team work, personal and professional skills, and theoretical and analytical techniques are all addressed. You will develop as an artist, with opportunities for work-related learning and the chance to perform in professional spaces. Modules have been designed to respond to a range of employment opportunities across the cultural and creative industries. At the end of Trimester 1 you will participate in a musical theatre production, in collaboration with your fellow students in a professional theatre setting. At the end of Trimester 2 you will work with a partner to deliver your own 15-minute performance piece – in front of an invited audience of professionals, peers and agents – and also assist with the production, staging and direction of a fellow student’s performance. The course is largely taught at Stow College’s Hotspur Campus in the west end of Glasgow, where you will have access to specialist rehearsal rooms, training theatre, technical workshops and dance studios*. You will also have the opportunity to take part in the School of Creative and Cultural Industries’ annual student showcase event. YOUR LEARNING Year 3 You will study acting for musical theatre, dance and choreography, production realisation, acting and text, advanced singing and repertoire, musical theatre production and researching creative practice.

Page – 119

Year 4 (Honours) You will study modules in all areas of musical theatre and these will allow you to work in professional venues such as the Classic Grand, The Arches and the CCA. While acting, singing and dancing are taught throughout Year 4, you will have the opportunity to specialise in two areas of musical theatre as well as being involved in the production side. These modules bring together all elements of production and performance as well as researching and conducting a major project in an area of musical theatre that is of particular interest. Areas of practical experience will include acting, singing, voice, jazz dance, tap dance, ballroom, choreography, musical theatre performance, and solo performance. Theoretical areas covered will include research, performance analysis, dissertation, teaching techniques and production techniques. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates will find employment opportunities in performance, teaching, theatre, production, research, community arts; and in entertainment roles in the travel and leisure industries. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION This course is recognised by Drama UK. UWS degree courses are among the first in the UK to achieve Drama UK recognition - a new level of quality assurance for drama training providers.

Entry Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Musical Theatre or equivalent.

UCAS WW34 S BA/MusT

Additional info All applicants will be expected to attend an audition and interview where they will be required to perform one monologue, one dance and sing one song from musical theatre repertoire.

Location Stow College, Glasgow† School Creative and Cultural Industries Duration BA 1 year BA Hons 2 years Contact Jane Robertson 01292 886434 or 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk Please note: the core module Researching Creative Practice is taught at the University’s Paisley Campus. *Depending on your module choices, you may also have the opportunity to study at UWS Paisley or Ayr campuses. † Delivery of this course may be moved to Ayr Campus from 2014, subject to University approval. Please call University Direct on 0800 027 1000 for more details or check our website for up-dates.

“To the students of UWS, I hear you are doing the most wonderful show, Marguerite! I hope it is a huge success for you and that you get as much out of it as I did. Good luck to you all. Enjoy.’’ Ruthie Henshall Stage and screen actor


Creative and Cultural Industries

Performance (3rd year entry)* This Drama UK recognised course will develop practice and knowledge acquired from performance diploma courses and introduces relevant new skills required to secure a successful career in a variety of roles such as acting; directing; writing for stage and screen; producing original theatre; and working collaboratively with community groups. ABOUT THE COURSE This course will hone the stage acting skills you arrive with; enhance your skills in screen acting and community theatre; and introduce new skills in scriptwriting, directing, contemporary ways of making performance and researching creative practice. It is delivered at our new Ayr Campus, which is equipped with state-of-the-art television and performance studios. You will not only benefit from the professional practice of your tutors but guest lecturers as well. Practice-led research is encouraged to enable you to integrate practice with theory. You will be taught by staff who are professional practitioners in industry, and are actively involved in research on theatre production, green screen and stage/screen adaption. You will be timetabled for three days a week over two trimesters and given ample notice of extra rehearsal time required for the production aspects of the course. YOUR LEARNING Year 3 There are four core modules at this level: • Community Theatre Project 1 and 2 – you will work with peers to form theatre companies and work collaboratively with community groups • Camera Acting Techniques – focuses on character study and the technical aspects of portrayal required for film and television • Scriptwriting – an opportunity to write short scenes for stage and screen • Researching Creative Practice – enables you to push the boundaries of your own practice

Page – 120

Optional modules cover topics such as stage directing/acting and TV presenting, enabling you to develop your presenting skills for the studio and for location. All of the modules are taught practically but require you to undertake research and engage with theory. Year 4 There are five core modules: • Performance Pitch • Product • Research (a double module) • Theatre Practice For the Performance Pitch and Product modules, you undertake a creative project where you develop an idea and actualise it in terms of stage or stage/screen. The projects are showcased in professional venues. Theatre Practice prepares you for theatre work as an actor, director or original theatre-maker, focusing on audition skills and diverse approaches to theatre-making. You will also produce a dissertation exploring an aspect of performance that excites you. Option modules include: • The One Act Play, where you could write plays suitable for professional venues like Oran Mor • Screen Drama, where you work in groups to produce a short film OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS You could find yourself acting; directing; producing/writing for stage and screen; designing and delivering community theatre projects; forming your own theatre company; or training to become a primary school teacher or secondary school drama teacher. PROFESSION0AL RECOGNITION This course is recognised by Drama UK. UWS degree courses are among the first in the UK to achieve Drama UK recognition – a new level of quality assurance for drama training providers.

Entry Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Acting & Performance or equivalent. Additional info All applicants will be expected to attend an interview and audition. UCAS W400 A BA/Perf Campus Ayr School Creative and Cultural Industries

*

Please note: second year entry to this programme will be offered from 2014, subject to University approval. Further updates will be posted on our website when available.

Duration BA 1 year BA Hons 2 years Contact Jo Ronan 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

“The BA Performance was a natural progression from the college course I was studying. It equips you with a diverse range of skills and it’s practical. I use the techniques from the programme for both acting and script writing. It offered me flexibility as I could continue to study while working as an actor.” Paul Donnelly Actor


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Creative and Cultural Industries

Sports Journalism Accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council and offering placement opportunities, this degree will provide you with the professional abilities and practical skills to prepare you to work in the exciting field of sports journalism. ABOUT THE COURSE UWS is the first university in Scotland to offer the BA Sports Journalism degree. At the core is the development of essential journalism skills. You will be taught reporting, interviewing and writing skills for print, broadcast and online audiences. The course brings together a range of practical, professional journalism skills with a well-developed knowledge and understanding of the role of sport in society and communities. You will study aspects of the law and how it relates to journalism and sport, the cultural aspects of both journalism and sport, the importance of sport to local and national economies, and the role of the ethical reporter in the 21st century. National sports writers and broadcasters are invited to present and guest lecturers throughout the course have included journalists from the Herald, BBC and the Sun. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE All students undertake work placement in newspaper, magazine, broadcast and online news environments. Students can gain work experience in local and national newsrooms, with tabloid and broadsheet publications, local and national broadcasters and online sports news organisations. Students are encouraged to develop their own portfolio of work and build contacts. Students are offered the opportunity to produce sports content for The Away End sport and football website and produce sports journalism content for a number of sports organisations, including the SFA, Ayr United Football Academy, Women’s Football and Basketball Scotland.

YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You are introduced to news writing and sports reporting skills for print, broadcast and online news providers and will study issues relevant to sport and journalism in the 21st century. In Years 1 and 2 students also learn about the sports cycle and covering sports press conferences. Year 2 Newswriting and news gathering projects become more advanced and you will continue to develop specialist skills in sports reporting. Year 3 You will undertake work placement in news organisations, participate in a weekly news production class, examine the role of sports in society and discuss the wider social and cultural responsibilities of journalism. Sports commentary is also covered during this year. Year 4 (Honours) You will undertake projects that lead to the completion of an Honours dissertation, researching an aspect of sports journalism. Practical portfolio based work continues and you are encouraged to undertake appropriate workplace experience. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates are ideally placed to work as sport journalists for local and national press or for the broadcast media. In addition it is anticipated that global sporting events will provide a wealth of opportunities for students to establish careers as press officers and public relations staff within sports organisations.

Entry Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC including English. GCE A Levels: CCC plus GCSE English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. UCAS P501 H BA/SpJ Campus Hamilton* School Creative and Cultural Industries Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Elizabeth McLaughlin 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk *Cross-campus study allows students to use state-of-the-art TV and radio studio facilities at our Ayr Campus while working with students from the Broadcast Production degree and other CCI programmes on a range of projects, including content around Glasgow’s Commonwealth Games 2014.

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION The UWS Sports Journalism course is fully accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC). The BJTC works in partnership with all the main employers in the UK broadcast industry and accredits Higher Education courses based on their direct and practical nature. UWS’s journalism courses are fully BJTC accredited as being relevant and responsive to the demands of the broadcast industry.

Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBC, plus SQA Higher English and SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A Levels: BBC plus GCSE English. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC/CertHE: Journalism or related subject (depending upon course content). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree/DipHE: Journalism or related subject (depending upon course content). Additional info All applicants will be expected to submit a strong personal statement and reference. Applicants may be required to submit a portfolio reflecting their journalistic skills.

“I’m delighted to contribute to the first specialist course in Scotland. When the panel met to discuss the course I emphasised the importance of crossover skills and not separating one medium from another: print, online, TV, radio – young journalists need to be able to adapt their skills to a number of platforms, and practical assessment is key to their success.” Darryl Broadfoot Herald sports journalist and UWS industry panel member

Page – 121


Education

Hands-on work experience; a rigorous academic focus; and first-rate facilities mean you’ll get a world-class learning experience, preparing you for the challenges of a career in the Education sector.

Page – 122


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 123


“UWS has been a life changing experience – I’ve transformed from a teenager into a career driven, independent adult. The course has challenged me and equipped me with the skills to pursue a career in teaching, and the placements have given me the confidence to teach a class of my own. Enjoy your university experience, it goes by unbelievably fast and you’ll be amazed at what you have achieved by the end.” Louise McGonigal School of Education student

Page – 124


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 125


Education Section contents Childhood Studies

128

Community Learning and Participation

129

Education

130

Opportunities for you Practical experience, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE Work-related learning and placement may be available as part of your course – see course entries for details.

professional Recognition Many of our courses are recognised by professional bodies – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.

EDUCATION AT UWS

Our courses produce motivated, energetic and passionate educators in pre-school settings, primary and secondary schools, and the wider community. In a recent National Student Survey, UWS School of Education was voted top in Scotland for student satisfaction rates in undergraduate initial teacher education, with an overall rating of 98%. Our Education course was additionally recognised as a Top 10 course by the Times Good University Guide (the most prestigious guide to universities in the UK). OUR COURSES Our BA undergraduate 4 year honours course leading to a qualification in primary teaching, which from this session is offered with specialisms in science, mathematics, modern languages or literacy, is taught at Ayr Campus (see page 130). Our BA in Childhood Studies programme (page 128) is offered at Ayr, Dumfries and Hamilton campuses and the BA in Community Learning and Participation programme (page 129) is taught at Hamilton, but includes a substantial element of flexible learning and work-based learning. In all our programmes, you’ll gain valuable practical experience of interacting with children, young people and adults through appropriate placements in a variety of educational contexts such as pre-schools, primary and secondary schools and in a range of community settings. We aim to lead by example and provide you, as a future educator, with a world-class learning experience.

Page – 126

FIRST-RATE FACILITIES You’ll have access to a wide range of technology to facilitate your learning. Our libraries are stocked with a range of resources to help you in your studies, and you also have access to our extensive electronic library collection (including e-books and academic journals) and the virtual learning environment. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Our Education programme gives you the chance to enjoy hands-on work experience in relevant primary school settings throughout the course. Childhood Studies students undertake practical experience each trimester and complete a research project in an area linked to their career goals and aspirations. Work-related learning allows students to put theory into practice in a real-life setting. Workbased learning is also an important aspect of the Community Learning and Participation degree where you have a choice from the adult, youth, community and voluntary sectors.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

TEACHER EDUCATION IN SCOTLAND Students undertaking courses leading to qualified teacher status are automatically guaranteed an induction place in a Scottish school following successful completion of the degree; the induction phase of one year allows new teachers to continue to develop their knowledge and skills as a teacher. Following this year many teachers find employment both at home and internationally. SUPPORTING YOU With our small class sizes and individual attention, the School of Education has an excellent reputation amongst undergraduate students in Community Learning and Participation, Early Childhood and Initial Teacher Education. We work with you to help build confidence, knowledge and practical skills in your areas of interest in order to prepare you to enter the varied and exciting job market of education.

RESEARCH WITH REALWORLD IMPACT UWS education academics have a reputation for leading-edge research and curriculum development in the education sector. Being taught by research active staff means that you’ll directly benefit from their extensive expertise and experience. Some of our recent research activity includes policy and practice in education; citizenship in education; teaching of controversial issues; language education; inclusive education: Gaelic education; and youth studies. The Centre of Research in Education aims to grow and focus our research activity in the area of education, working together with the Institute for Youth and Community Research. This focus will develop the Centre’s profile in socially and economically relevant educational research and will open up areas for collaborative research with other areas in the University, such as health and business, and other universities and stakeholders. The Institute for Youth and Community Research focuses on areas critical to the development of flourishing communities including those aspects that are at the heart of wellbeing and social justice, such as discourses of youth crime, justice, community learning, participation and safety and studies in sociological, criminological, educational, cultural and equality studies.

Page – 127

CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Our recent knowledge exchange and continuing professional development activities with schools and local authorities include: Curriculum for Excellence, interdisciplinary teaching, holocaust education, assessment and moderation, mental health and education, moving image education, artist teacher, leadership for learning, Gaelic medium education, and adult Gaelic learning in Glasgow. Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is increasingly important for those working within a learning and teaching context. The School of Education delivers a range of careerfocused CPD programmes and is expanding this portfolio to support a range of employment contexts. Technology enhanced learning is a feature of course delivery and a number are developed in partnership with national organisations and local authorities. It is hoped that those who graduate from undergraduate courses will continue at UWS to enhance their knowledge and skills by taking further courses of professional development, potentially leading to Masters and Doctoral level – see our website for more details.

Language options It may be possible to study a foreign language – French, German or Spanish – as part of your course, and use this to enhance your prospects in the job market by adding foreign language skills to your CV. For more info see our website.


Education

Childhood Studies (2nd year entry) Early childhood is a crucial stage in a child’s development. This rewarding degree offers the opportunity to play an important role in supporting children and their families in a variety of environments. About the course This course, which is informed by developments in the childcare sector, has been designed to deepen understanding of a variety of issues related to childhood and services for children and their families. It will give students the opportunity to build on their previous qualifications, entering at Year 2, to upgrade to a degree level qualification through two years of university study. Students develop their existing skills and knowledge, consider the values that underpin work in children’s services and appreciate the importance of professionals from differing disciplines working in partnership. The course aims to enable students to promote children’s learning effectively and to develop the ability to work as a reflective practitioner. It develops students’ knowledge and skills and addresses management issues in childcare settings. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE You will have the chance to complete two three week blocks of work-based experience each year. YOUR LEARNING Year 2 Health and well-being and understanding of equality, social justice and inclusion is developed. Disposition to learn and multiple intelligences are studied and self-reflection skills are developed. Leadership and teamwork are studied and put into practice in a variety of childcare settings. During this year you will undertake a three week block of work-based learning. Language, communication and early literacy skills will be studied as part of this block or during the period of work-based learning in Year 3.

Page – 128

Year 3 Skills management and leadership are further developed. Students examine, reflect upon and critically evaluate current social policy relating to integrated working. The policies and practices of childcare in a selection of other countries is studied as well as the wider Scottish children’s workforce. Creativity in the curriculum is also studied and the expressive arts are used to promote creativity. Students are introduced to qualitative research methods and undertake a research project. There is a further three week block of work-based learning. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Employment opportunities include work in the integrated childcare services working with children under five, or out-of-school care as well as project work offering support for children and their families. Graduates have also found employment opportunities as early years officers with local authorities, or trainers and lecturers with early education and care training agencies and colleges. FURTHER STUDY For graduates with appropriate experience there may be opportunities to progress to social work qualifications or to gain a Childhood Practice qualification. Graduates may also be eligible to make application to university postgraduate initial teacher education programmes (Education) if they satisfy entry requirements and have the required passes in English and Maths. (Please note that BA Childhood Studies is not a nursery or primary teaching qualification. This qualification does not allow registration with SSSC as a Lead Practitioner).

Entry UCAS Ayr L560 A BA/ChS Dumfries L560 D BA/ChS Hamilton L560 H BA/ChS Campus Ayr, Dumfries†, Hamilton School Education Duration BA 2 years Contact Dorothy Johnson 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk † Provision in Dumfries BA Childhood Studies is offered on a full-time basis at Dumfries Campus, subject to demand, and is designed for students holding relevant Higher National qualifications to gain access to Year 2.

PROTECTING VULNERABLE GROUPS SCHEME (PVG) Applicants will be required to join the Protecting Vulnerable Groups Scheme (PVG Scheme), managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. For more information on the PVG Scheme please refer to www.scotland.gov.uk

Year 2 SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Early Education and Care, or Childcare and Education. Preference will be given to applicants with SQA Higher C or above in English, or equivalent. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Additional info Applicants with similar childcare qualifications and qualifications pre-dating HNC should contact the University for advice on Recognition of Prior Learning.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Education

Community Learning and Participation If you are interested in making a difference in people’s lives and want to play an important role in shaping the communities we live in, this could be the degree for you. With practice learning opportunities, this degree has professional recognition from the Standards Council for Community Learning and Development for Scotland. About the course Preparing you for a career in working with young people, adult education or community development, this course will equip you with the theoretical knowledge and practical experience to work in a community based learning and participation environment in a range of professional roles including community arts, lifelong learning, education, youth work, social welfare and health improvement. Practical Experience Practice-based and practice-related learning are key features of this course. The course will be of interest to those already in paid or voluntary work in a community learning and development environment and those who are interested in working with people and have some experience of participating with others. Students not in work will be assisted in finding practice learning opportunities. YOUR LEARNING Shaped by extensive research on the changing needs of communities, you will study a range of social theories and practices, giving you the skills to critique changing policy and economic contexts affecting communities. The ethos and principles of community learning and development; self-determination; inclusion; empowerment; collaborative working and lifelong learning are embedded into this course. The course follows 3 main themes – • dynamics of developing and applying theory and practice in relation to social, cultural and educational perspectives • development of professional practice in changing social, political and economic contexts • the changing face of community and the effects of globalisation and new communicative practices

Page – 129

The course is delivered with a combination of face-to-face workshops, practice-based and practice-related learning and participation through a virtual learning environment. Year 1 You are introduced to social policy in relation to community context, and the principles of professional practice. Academic practice is embedded in these modules and you will undertake practice-based learning. Year 2 You will examine the changing nature of communities and issues relating to inclusion and participation. You will be introduced to a range of teaching strategies and curriculum design principles and how these can be applied in community learning and development. You will have the option to choose from various electives such as working with young people, adult education, or community development. Practicebased learning is undertaken and you will be introduced to issues relating to the management of group work and resources. Year 3 Subjects include changing communities through the study of culture, communication and identity. You will develop a professional enquiry activity to be undertaken during practice-based learning. Skills in developing leadership and strategies for inclusion and participation are developed in a double module in work-related learning. Year 4 You will study in more depth the theoretical and practice implications of social policy and how to generate innovative strategies. A research dissertation will be completed through professional enquiry in a practice-based learning environment.

Entry UCAS L540 H BA CLP Campus Hamilton School Education Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Kate Miller 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates will be prepared for work in a range of professional roles, in voluntary, community and public sector agencies at home or abroad. Potential career paths are diverse and in addition to those already listed could include home school link work, charity fundraising, human rights and social justice, family learning, financial management, life coaching or job preparation training. FURTHER STUDY Graduates can progress to further study, including at UWS, but also in other parts of Europe and beyond. This could include postgraduate courses leading to a professional qualification in counselling, nursing, teacher education or social work and occupation-specific courses such as the MSc Alcohol and Drug Studies. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION The degree is approved as a professional qualifying programme in Community Learning and development by the Standards Council for Community Learning and Development for Scotland. PROTECTING VULNERABLE GROUPS SCHEME (PVG) Applicants will be required to join the Protecting Vulnerable Groups Scheme, managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. For more information on the PVG Scheme please refer to www.scotland.gov.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC. GCE A-Levels: BCC. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBC, plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: BBC plus GCSE English and Maths. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC (B in Graded Unit)/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Working in Communities; Social Care; Health and Social Care; Counselling; or similar. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Additional info Applicants who do not meet the above criteria but with relevant work experience or other qualifications are encouraged to contact the University for advice on Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) for entry to first or second year. NB The course is aligned with the QAA subject benchmarks for Youth and Community Work and the Community Learning and Development Standards Council for Scotland guidelines for the professional approval of CLD learning programmes.


Education

Education On successful completion of this course, you will have the formal teaching qualification necessary for provisional registration with the General Teaching Council for Scotland, a pre-requisite for taking up a primary school teaching post in Scotland. ABOUT THE COURSE This course is designed to equip you with the skills to become an effective primary school teacher; provide you with a broad-based education in contemporary subjects; give you an opportunity to study in-depth a subject of interest; and equip you with a range of transferable skills. The degree contains core modules studied by all students. You will use your experiences, interests and prior learning to select options that are best suited for you. You will choose two options in years 1 and 2, and may then choose to major in those subjects in years 3 and 4 of the course. The BA Education replaces the BEd Primary Education degree and offers the flexibility of combining your education studies with an area of specialism. Depending on the combination of subjects studied, a range of qualifications may be possible, for example: BA (Hons) Education; BA (Hons) Education with Languages; BA (Hons) Education with Literacy; BA (Hons) Education with Mathematics; and BA (Hons) Education with Science. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Opportunities for school placement are available, please see below for details. YOUR LEARNING Years 1 and 2 Core modules cover subjects such as Lifestyles and Societies, Situated Communication, and Interprofessional Working. Placements in schools provide you with insight into the role of the teacher and the diverse range of professionals involved in the education and care of children and young people. They also enable you to begin to develop professional skills required.

Page – 130

Years 3 and 4 You will focus more on the theoretical knowledge and practical skills required for effective primary teaching. You will become familiar with Scottish education and current initiatives in education. During periods of school placement, you are placed in a range of primary schools within local authorities in Scotland. Here, you gain professional skills to enable you to lead learning in pre-school and school. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Employment opportunities for primary teaching graduates are good, with new graduates entering a guaranteed one year induction post. This enables graduates to complete their one year probation and achieve the standard required for full registration with the General Teaching Council for Scotland. Recent graduates have found posts throughout Scotland and in England, Northern Ireland, Canada, New Zealand and other Commonwealth and EU countries. The versatility of the BA Education is highly regarded by employers outwith education who value the strong personal transferable skills that graduates have developed. PROTECTING VULNERABLE GROUPS SCHEME (PVG) Applicants will be required to join the Protecting Vulnerable Groups Scheme (PVG Scheme), managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. For more information on the PVG Scheme please refer to www.scotland.gov.uk

Entry UCAS X100 A BA/E Campus Ayr School Education Duration BA (Hons) 4 years Contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: ABBB including English, plus SQA Standard Grade Maths (Credit), or equivalent. GCE A-Levels: BBB, plus four GCSEs including Maths (A or B) and English Language and English Literature. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 32 points including Higher Level English (Grade 5) and Standard Level Maths (Grade 5). Additional info An offer of a place is conditional on a successful interview. Contact the School of Education Admissions to discuss other qualifications for entry.

Our Education course was recognised as a Top 10 course by the Times Good University Guide (the most prestigious guide to universities in the UK). In a recent National Student Survey, UWS School of Education was voted top in Scotland for student satisfaction rates in undergraduate initial teacher education, with an overall rating of 98%.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“University will get me to my goal of a teaching position – in five years’ time I’d ideally like to be teaching abroad. It’s been a great way to meet new people and make new friends.” Kyle Dudding School of Education student

Page – 131


Engineering With over 100 years of experience in training engineers, UWS School of Engineering offers vocationally-relevant, professionally recognised courses. You’ll put your problem-solving skills to the test in our industry-standard facilities to get hands-on experience; and have opportunities for practical training and placement at home or abroad, to give you the relevant expertise and knowledge to improve the world around us. Page – 132


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 133


Page – 134


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“As a student in my final year, I have thoroughly enjoyed my time at UWS. The BEng Civil Engineering degree offers a good balance of technical knowledge and practical experience and has given me the necessary skills to prepare for my future career. I chose to study at UWS as the course modules cover a wide range of subjects that demonstrate the overlap between engineering, management and finance. The knowledge and experience I gained during my studies has prepared me well for two summer industrial placements, and hopefully for the construction industry when I graduate.” Catriona Halliday

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING STUDENT

Page – 135


Engineering Section contents 138

Chemical Engineering

139

Civil Engineering

140

Computer-Aided Design

141

Engineering Management

142

Mechanical Engineering

143

Mechatronics

144

Motorsport Design Engineering

145

Product Design & Development

146

*Engineering UK 2012: The state of engineering † The Engineering Council

Page – 136

Engineering at UWS

Aircraft Engineering

With more than 2.2 million engineers needed in the UK over the next five to 10 years*, a career in engineering is a sound choice. UWS Engineering courses have been developed in partnership with industry, and our expertise in research and industrial collaboration activities help shape teaching and learning. Vocationally-relevant courses Our courses are designed to take into account and anticipate industry needs. UWS graduates are to be found in leading positions in many leading companies such as Glaxo Smith Kline, British Airways, Scottish Water, Johnson Matthey, Barr Construction, Zeneca, Mitsui Babcock Energy Ltd, British Aerospace, Ciba Specialty Chemicals, Roche Products Ltd, IBM, BP Oils Ltd, Balfour Beatty, Bovis Lend Lease, Glasgow City Council, First Engineering, Scottish Natural Heritage and Quintiles (Scotland) Ltd. Guests speakers from a range of relevant organisations frequently share their insights to the industry with UWS students.

Industry-standard facilities Put your problem-solving skills to the test in in our recently upgraded, industry-standard facilities • Paisley Campus – fully equipped manufacturing workshop; materials testing and analysis facilities; metrology laboratory; rapid prototyping centre; assembly and welding laboratories • Hamilton Campus – £2.1 million engineering centre opened in 2008, with particular focus on the design and motorsport engineering disciplines. In 2012 alumnus Mr L. W. J Hutchison donated over £100,000 to the University’s Hamilton Campus. This led to the establishment of the annual Hutchison Prize for Engineering for the best student on the Mechatronics programme; and funding of new equipment for the Mechatronics course to the value of £78,000 • Both campuses have dedicated IT facilities utilising a range of industrial applications software such as PRO/Engineer, Ansys, Fluent, AutoCAD, MS Project and WITNESS


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Practical experience Employers prefer graduates with work experience and on average these graduates earn 28% more than those with no placement experience.† UWS Engineering courses offer extensive opportunities for practical experience, including industrial training, industry-based projects, and paid work placement. UWS students have been on placement both at home and abroad, in Africa, Saudi Arabia, Germany and Australia. Study abroad Many of our courses offer opportunities for study abroad in Europe to enable you to broaden your horizons and live and work in another country. You can continue your studies at one of our partner institutions and experience a new culture, which can help improve your employment prospects upon graduation. It’s not essential that you are fluent in a foreign language, as many of our EU partner institutions teach in English. For more information see the study abroad section of our website. Language options It may be possible to study a foreign language – French, German or Spanish – as part of your course, and use this to enhance your prospects in the job market by adding foreign language skills to your CV. For more information see our website. Professional recognition We have excellent links with professional bodies and develop our programmes in line with their accreditation standards, including the Institution of Chemical Engineers, Engineering Council, and Institution of Mechanical Engineers.

Page – 137

Research and industrial collaboration With research active staff in a variety of areas, which involves collaborations with partners in industry, business, academia and government, you’ll be taught by academics who have a wealth of expertise across a spectrum of engineering disciplines. Recent projects include – • Research has shown that it is possible to grow new bone by “nanokicking” stem cells 1,000 times per second using high frequency vibrations – a new technique which may lead to new therapies for orthopaedic conditions such as spinal traumas, osteoporosis and stress fractures • Collaboration in a European-wide £3.47M research project developing innovative nanotechnology based materials to protect historic buildings • A ground-breaking, joint venture with industry to establish an independent Centre for Engineering Education & Development to champion excellence in engineering • Our work with a number of Knowledge Transfer Partnerships in the engineering sector helps develop companies and assist in their prototyping and development

Our Civil Engineering course came top in Scotland for student satisfaction in the National Student Survey (NSS) 2012.

Opportunities for you Practical experience, study abroad options, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE Practical experience is offered across most of our programmes – please see course entries for details.

Study abroad You may have the opportunity to spend time studying abroad, gaining credit towards your degree, at one of our 80 partner institutions.

professional Recognition Many of our courses are recognised by professional bodies - see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.


Engineering

Aircraft Engineering (3rd year entry) Aircraft engineers are responsible for the safety of thousands of air passengers every year, playing a critical role in certifying an aircraft airworthy in accordance with aviation standards. This programme – which combines study with invaluable workplace experience – aims to provide you with skills appropriate to the aircraft design, manufacturing and repair sectors; opening up a range of exciting career opportunities with aerospace companies in areas such as design, maintenance, or manufacture. About thE course Developed in collaboration with Ayr College to articulate with their HND in Aircraft Engineering, the degree focuses on aircraft operational aspects; design methods incorporating some of the software tools used in aircraft design; and management topics. Major industry players such as BAE Systems, Spirit, Goodrich and Ryanair were consulted during the development of this exciting programme. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE A project/industry-based activity is included as a key integrating element. You’ll get hands-on experience, with access to state-ofthe-art computer laboratories and software used in the aircraft design process in our purpose-built teaching facility housing industry-standard equipment; and have the opportunity to undertake individual and groupbased projects so you can apply the knowledge gained in lectures to industrial projects and case studies. Your learning Topics include advanced avionics, aerodynamics and the design of aerospace structures which are complemented by traditional engineering topics such as project management, prototyping and testing and finite element analysis. Composite materials are increasingly utilised as part of an aircraft’s structure and you will be introduced to their design, manufacturing and testing requirements. Lectures are supported by hands-on laboratory and practical activities relevant to the aircraft industry. The programme features a number of unique specialist modules, not offered anywhere else in Scotland.

Page – 138

Students will gain valuable experience in the workplace on the programme with consultancy firm Inter-tech. It is also possible for students to apply for placement experience with Airbus France. These students can take an additional module in conversational French in conjunction with their placement. Our careers adviser says A shortage of aircraft engineers will mean that your skills will be in demand by aerospace companies, allowing you to take on a role in design, manufacture or maintenance. Career opportunities include junior management roles, technicians, structural aircraft design and maintenance. FURTHER STUDY It is possible to use the degree to secure work abroad. Successful completion of the degree would also allow progression to postgraduate study on one of the University’s PgD/MSc programmes.

Entry UCAS H410 Y BEng/AirE Location Ayr College School Engineering Duration BEng 1 year BEng Hons 2 years Contact Dr Bob Bailey 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk NB Some option modules may be delivered at the University’s Paisley Campus.

Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Aircraft Engineering or other engineering subject.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Engineering

Chemical Engineering Chemical engineering is at the forefront of the quest to produce clean energy and satisfy human needs in several areas such as health, food, energy and materials, in an environmentally-friendly, sustainable and socially responsible manner. Professionally accredited* and with paid placement opportunities, this programme produces graduates who have excellent job prospects, real responsibility and the potential to create a sustainable planet. About thE course Chemical engineers are involved in the design, operation and management of plants and processes resulting in products that influence our wellbeing and quality of life.

Your learning Year 1 Engineering fundamentals, mathematics and chemistry lay the foundation on which later chemical engineering subjects are based.

The course combines academic study, hands-on experience and group projects to ensure you develop the essential practical and communication abilities required by employers. You’ll study engineering, mathematics and chemistry principles; gain practical experience through laboratory work and use world-class process simulation tools such as Aspen Suite. IT software is tailored to engineering students and includes Mathcad, Polymath, AutoCAD and Microsoft Productivity Suite.

Year 2 Focuses on core chemical engineering, mathematics and chemistry building on Year 1 study.

Practical Experience You will undergo a period of pilot plant-based training as part of the course, and can opt to take a one year paid industrial placement. Industry experts will share their expertise through guest lectures. There are two routes through the programme – the BEng is accredited by the Institution of Chemical Engineers (IChemE) and the curriculum is design to satisfy the high accreditation requirements which are internationally-recognised. The BSc offers a range of subject combinations for students who wish to tailor their programme to meet their own interests and gain added flexibility in module choice. Sandwich placement options are available as part of both pathways.

Page – 139

Year 3 Core chemical engineering subjects including process design, transport processes, engineering thermodynamics, separation processes, process safety, process control and project management are covered. (Optional) industrial placement One year can be spent on paid placement as a supervised, junior chemical engineer in industry. Placements are obtained competitively and can be in any branch of the chemical industry in the UK or abroad. Previous placements have included GlaxoSmithKline, British Nuclear Fuels, Mitsui Babcock, Diageo and Sellafield Ltd. Year 4 (Honours) Study includes core and advanced topics in separation processes, chemical reactor design, thermal systems design and integration, process safety, process control and some economic aspects of the process industry. You will also undertake a chemical engineering design study. Our careers adviser says Recent graduates have gained employment with a variety of major companies, including GlaxoSmithKline; Foster Wheeler; Texaco; BNFL Sellafield; Seal Chemicals; Doosan Babcock; Nestlé; Joint European Torus Project and Procter and Gamble.

Entry UCAS BEng H810 P BEng/ChE BSc H813 P BSc/ChEn Campus Paisley School Engineering Duration BEng Hons 4 years BEng Hons (Sandwich) 5 years BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Dr Zaki El-Hassan 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Professional recognition *At time of print the BEng (Hons) Chemical Engineering is accredited by the professional body the Institution of Chemical Engineers (IChemE) under license from the UK regulator, the Engineering Council. The curriculum is designed to satisfy the high accreditation requirements which are internationally recognised. Accreditation is a mark of assurance that the degree meets the standards set by the Engineering Council in the UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence (UKSPEC). Some employers recruit preferentially from accredited degrees, and an accredited degree is likely to be recognised by other countries that are signatories to international accords. Re-accreditation will be sought in 2013/14.

BEng Chemical Engineering Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, including Maths and Chemistry, plus SQA Standard Grade Chemistry and English. GCE A-Levels: CCC including Maths and 1 science (Chemistry preferred), plus 3 GCSEs including Chemistry and English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Chemical Engineering. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: BBB (Chemistry, Maths and Physics). GCE A-Levels: BBB (Chemistry, Maths and Physics). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Chemical Engineering. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree: Chemical Engineering. Year 3 Entry may be possible with: SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Chemical Engineering. BSc Chemical Engineering Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB, including Maths and Chemistry, plus SQA Standard Grade Chemistry and English. GCE A-Levels: BC including Maths and 1 science (Chemistry preferred), plus 3 GCSEs including Chemistry and English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Chemical Engineering. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers and GCE A-Levels: with passes in Chemistry, Maths and Physics. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Chemical Engineering or related subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Chemical Engineering or related subject. Year 3 Entry may be possible with: SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Chemical Engineering or related subject.


Engineering

Civil Engineering Civil engineers plan, design, construct and maintain buildings, bridges, roads, airports, water and sewage systems, power stations, railways and many other projects which serve the community. Professionally accredited* and with paid industrial training, this course will develop technical, managerial and financial skills to enable you to design, construct and organise civil engineering projects. About thE course This practical course covers broadbased civil engineering subjects; upon graduation you will qualify as a civil engineer with the specific background and awareness to plan, design and implement appropriate projects. Practical experience There are two twenty-week periods of paid industrial training (obtained competitively) to give you hands-on professional skills; field trips which cover surveying and site inspection; and you will spend time at the National Construction College to study concrete construction, steel fixing, drainage and scaffolding. BSc students may be eligible to transfer to the BEng Hons depending on performance. Your learning Year 1 Maths, science, structural mechanics, an introduction to the engineering industry, and communication, drawing and computing skills are covered. Year 2 Topics include sustainable construction, the properties and uses of civil engineering, design of structural elements, hydraulics, applied geology, surveying and industrial studies. Industrial training Students spend a twenty-week period of paid employment in industry. Year 3 Structural engineering, water engineering, ground engineering and construction technology are covered, as well as project management. A two-week group design project is undertaken to give experience of working in a design team.

Page – 140

Industrial training Honours students spend a twentyweek period of paid employment in industry between Year 3 and Year 4. Year 4 (Honours) Topics include structural engineering and design, ground engineering, construction and management, renewable energy, and materials. You will undertake an investigation into a subject area of your choice. Our careers adviser says At the time of writing, career opportunities for civil engineering graduates are available with excellent starting salaries. Careers are varied, ranging from design and construction in private industry to employment with national industries or with local, regional or central government. Other career options include business, management and teaching. Many major construction firms actively seek university graduates. As a graduate, you are likely to gain employment with a major contracting or consulting engineering company. UWS graduates have gone on to work with major companies such as Network Rail, Amey and the Royal Air Force. Professional exemptions* At time of print, the BEng Honours course is accredited as fully satisfying the educational base for an Incorporated Engineer (IEng). See www.jbm.org.uk for further information. A graduate with our BEng Honours degree may progress to Chartered Engineer status after appropriate further study such as an accredited technical Masters degree. The BEng Honours degree has been accredited by the Institution of Civil Engineers and the Institution of Structural Engineers under licence from the UK regulator, the Engineering Council. Accreditation

Entry BEng Civil Engineering

UCAS BEng Civil Engineering H200 P BEng/CE BSc Civil Engineering H201 P BSc/CE Campus Paisley School Engineering Duration BSc 3 years BEng Hons (Sandwich) 4 years Contact Callum Tooth 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

is a mark of assurance that the degree meets the standards set by the Engineering Council in the UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence (UKSPEC). Some employers recruit preferentially from accredited degrees, and an accredited degree is likely to be recognised by other countries that are signatories to international accords. Re-accreditation will be sought in 2013/14.

OUR Civil Engineering course came top in Scotland for student satisfaction in the National Student Survey (NSS) 2012.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, including Maths, plus SQA Standard Grade English and 1 science subject. GCE A-Levels: CCC including Maths and preferably another science subject, plus 3 GCSEs including English and a science subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers, GCE A-Levels, International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma – contact Callum Tooth for details. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Civil Engineering. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Civil Engineering. BSc Civil Engineering Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB, including Maths, plus SQA Standard Grade English and 1 science subject. GCE A-Levels: BC including Maths and preferably another science subject, plus 3 GCSEs including English and a science subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers, GCE A-Levels, International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma – contact Callum Tooth for details. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Civil Engineering. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Civil Engineering.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Engineering

Computer-Aided Design (3rd year entry) Computer-Aided Design (CAD) graduates work across a range of design, engineering and manufacturing disciplines, and this hands-on degree will put your creative and technical skills to the test to produce 2D and 3D designs and specifications for a wide range of projects. This practical course – which has been designed to meet the needs of industry – will give you the opportunity to enhance your existing qualifications in design, or a related area, to degree and Honours level. About thE course Increasing pressure on manufacturing organisations to be more productive, efficient and pro-active to market needs has forced manufacturers to adopt new, faster and functionally advanced design, manufacturing and communication tools to maintain competitive advantage. These computer modelling techniques enable sophisticated design software to be used at an early stage in the design prototype development and manufacture of a product. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE In this hands-on programme, you will gain experience of using sophisticated CAD/CAM packages, analysis software, prototyping systems and ancillary equipment; and will be introduced to modern communications technologies, which enable quick responses to supplier organisations, customers and the global marketplace. Honours year will give you a more in-depth knowledge of the broader spectrum of design and manufacturing systems and the importance of systems integration, and you will undertake individual and group-based projects in an appropriate subject area. Your learning Degree Year You will gain a broad understanding of, and an ability to apply, current Computer-Aided Design (CAD) technology. CAD modelling and analysis techniques will be taught using theoretical and ‘handson’ approaches. An overview of the design process and project management methods will enhance your understanding of the management of the design process in an industrial context.

Page – 141

Honours Year You will focus on the application of advanced CAD techniques within the design and manufacturing environments. Many examples of current industrial CAD applications will supplement ‘hands-on’ and theoretical approaches to student learning. An understanding of the broader industrial context will direct you towards future employment or postgraduate study. Our careers adviser says This course has been designed to meet the needs of industry to enable you to enhance your career prospects. As a graduate, your wide-ranging skills and experience will be sought by employers within the design, engineering and manufacturing sectors, offering you a variety of exciting career opportunities. FURTHER STUDY Successful completion of the course will also allow entry to the University’s PgD/MSc ComputerAided Engineering programme. Professional accreditation Accreditation will be sought from the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET).

Entry UCAS H130 P BSc/CAD Campus Paisley School Engineering Duration BSc 1 year BSc Hons 2 years Contact Dr Bob Bailey 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Any engineering or design subject. Other qualifications will be considered.


Engineering

Engineering Management This practical course, which has a proven record of successful employment over many years, is ideal if you wish to combine your technical expertise with business skills to pursue an engineering career in a continuous improvement, planning, supervisory or project management role within industry. About the course This course will bring together your technological problem-solving skills and your organisational, planning and management skills to enable you to successfully oversee complex engineering projects from start to finish. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE With a significant element of practically-orientated content to ensure you develop the skills required by prospective employers, you’ll be encouraged to work effectively as a member of a professional team. The course is focused on planning and the continuous improvement of engineering applications and you will undertake a wide range of practical exercises in these areas. You’ll use a variety of software for industrial applications such as 3D Modelling (Pro/Engineer), project management (MS Project), applied statistics for quality (Minitab), inventory management and simulation of processes (Witness). You’ll put your practical skills to the test in our state-of-the-art Centre of Engineering Excellence, which has a fully-equipped manufacturing training workshop and an industrystandard motorsport workshop; and get hands-on experience of our polymer engineering facilities, fullyequipped model making facilities, rapid prototyping processes, and assembly/welding laboratory. Your learning Year 1 Topics include basic engineering principles, the engineer in industry, mathematics, CAD, measurement, hands-on workshop skills and an introduction to planning and control.

Page – 142

Year 2 In addition to further exploring Year 1 topics, you’ll study computer-aided design, processing methods and materials, facilities layout, process and equipment selection, engineering IT applications, and quality improvement tools – emphasis is on process selection, planning and installation and analysing their efficiency. Years 3 & 4 Advanced project management, engineering and change management, quality improvement methodologies, tools and techniques, prototyping and product testing, industrial troubleshooting, operations management, renewable energy, and health and safety are examined. A major element of the final year is the group and individual industrial projects where you can investigate your choice of topic. Our careers adviser says UWS has a solid reputation for producing competent and responsible engineering graduates who are sought after by industry. Career areas are varied and include design, research and development, process analysis, manufacture and project management. Previous graduates have been employed by many leading companies such as Rolls-Royce, Terex, Philips Lighting, Corus Steel, Thales and BAE Systems. Previous graduate engineers have also taken up positions in education and are now working as college lecturers. Professional accreditation Accreditation will be sought from the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET).

Entry UCAS H703 H BEng/EM Campus Hamilton School Engineering Duration BEng 3 years BEng Hons 4 years Contact Peter Griffin 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB, including Maths, or a science or a technical-based subject, plus SQA Standard Grade English (Grade 3, or above). GCE A-Levels: BC including Maths or another science subject, plus 3 GCSEs including English and a science subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: BCC. GCE A-Levels: BCC, plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant engineering subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree/DipHE: Relevant engineering subject.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Engineering

Mechanical Engineering Mechanical engineers specialise in the design, development and manufacture of machines, products and structures ranging from consumer related designs through to automotive and aerospace designs. This professionally accredited degree, which offers paid placement* opportunities, focuses on industry-relevant topics to reflect the needs of today’s employers, giving you the opportunity to build a career in the design, engineering and manufacturing sectors. About the course With the responsibility of providing engineering solutions, mechanical engineers must combine a thorough knowledge of scientific and engineering principles with a flexible approach towards new ideas and developments. With an emphasis on the application of engineering principles within industry, the course focuses on design engineering and computer-aided technology coupled with a sound grounding in engineering principles. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE There is an emphasis on practical skills, which you’ll hone by using our state-of-the-art new equipment, making you attractive to prospective employers and enabling you to work effectively as a team member. Paid placement* is available. Your learning Year 1 Applied mechanics, materials and mathematics provide a foundation to engineering design. Professional and industrial studies are introduced and you will develop skills in communications, IT technology such as computer-aided design and professional development. You can opt to take a period of paid placement at the end of the academic year*. Year 2 Topics include strength of materials and fluid mechanics and materials and manufacturing technology. The formal engineering design process and how it relates to engineering practice is introduced. Computer-aided technology and appropriate IT-related techniques are covered. You can opt to take a period of paid placement at the end of the academic year*.

Page – 143

Year 3 Core skills in design and applied mechanics are enhanced. Thermodynamics, rapid prototyping and testing techniques; intelligent systems and control technologies; and advanced computer based analysis and simulation techniques such as the finite element methods are introduced along with project management skills. You can opt to take period of paid placement at the end of the academic year*. Year 4 (Honours) Applied mechanics, including areas such as plasticity, fracture and vibrations, build on the knowledge gained earlier. Composite structures, acoustics, renewable energy systems and sustainability, a currently critical area of study for engineers, are introduced. Computer-aided engineering design is enhanced with further, more advanced finite element topics and the introduction of computational fluid dynamics. This final year also gives students the opportunity to undertake a major individual project. Our careers adviser says Career areas are varied and include design, research and development, analysis, manufacture and project management. Previous graduates have been employed by many leading companies such as RollsRoyce, Doosan-Babcock Energy Ltd, ABB Alstom Power, Intel, Hoover, Candy and Biosil.

Entry

UCAS H300 P BEng/ME Campus Paisley School Engineering Duration BEng 3 years BEng Hons 4 years BEng Hons (Sandwich) 4/5 years Contact Dr Bob Bailey 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Professional accreditation The BEng (Hons) is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers under license from the UK regulator, the Engineering Council. Accreditation is a mark of assurance that the degree meets the standards set by the Engineering Council in the UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence (UKSPEC). Some employers recruit preferentially from accredited degrees, and an accredited degree is likely to be recognised by other countries that are signatories to international accords.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, including Maths and Physics or Technological Studies, plus SQA Standard Grade English. GCE A-Levels: CCC including Maths and 1 other science subject, plus 3 GCSEs including English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: BCC, plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: BBC, plus GCSEs English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Mechanical Engineering. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Year 3 Entry may be possible with: SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree: Mechanical Engineering. *During Years 1, 2 and 3, you can gain paid work experience within a relevant engineering organisation. There is flexibility in the duration of the placement undertaken, however in order to achieve the BEng Honours Sandwich degree qualification you must gain a minimum of thirty-six weeks work experience. Such experience may provide exemption from some of the membership requirements of the relevant professional bodies and is thus a very attractive option for students at this level. The course is designed to enable you to achieve a BEng Honours degree at the end of Year 4, or a BEng Honours Sandwich degree at the end of Year 4 or 5.


Engineering

Mechatronics (3rd year entry) Mechatronics engineers work with the systems that nearly all machinery relies on for efficient and safe operation, including automated machine systems, cars and a vast range of everyday appliances such as cash dispensers, DVD players and printers. Mechatronics professionals combine skills and knowledge in mechanical engineering with electrical and electronic engineering, and this course aims to meet the growing industry need for engineers with these specialist multidisciplinary skills. About the course An interdisciplinary understanding and integrated approach to engineering problem-solving is a crucial part in the design, manufacture and maintenance of a wide range of engineering products and processes. Mechatronics engineers have specialist knowledge in one of the traditional single disciplines but also have a broad understanding of other disciplines to allow an integrated approach to problemsolving, delivering clear efficiencies and cost savings for industry. The degree was developed in close consultation with Scottish Engineering and has been designed to be practical in nature and relevant to the needs of industry. It’s specifically designed for those who have an HND or equivalent in an electrical or mechanical discipline who want to upgrade their qualifications to degree level and diversify to expand your career prospects. Support will be provided to enhance the transition from HND level to degree. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE You’ll develop your practical skills in our state-of-the art Centre of Engineering Excellence, with wellequipped laboratories, workshops and teaching facilities. Up-to-date equipment, teaching methods and industry-standard software tools will be used and you’ll have access to sensors, actuators, controllers and programmable hardware used in modern mechatronic systems. Our mechatronics equipment was further enhanced by a generous donation of £78,000 from alumnus, Mr L. W. J Hutchison.

Page – 144

A recent UWS mechatronics related project won the Royal Society of Engineering ‘Best Engineering Excellence’ award. Your learning The course is designed to cover all the key aspects of mechatronics with modules covering the mechanical principles and mechanisms used in mechatronic systems, the sensors that provide the inputs to the systems, the actuators that make things happen on the output side and the various ways of controlling the systems including microcontrollers and other programmable hardware. The emphasis is on developing the practical skills relevant to modern technology. Our careers adviser says There is a wide range of employment opportunities for engineers with the multidisciplinary skills gained from studying mechatronics. Any industry with products or processes that involve machines controlled by electronics or software can benefit from the mechatronics approach and as this is now widely recognised the demand for mechatronics graduates continues to grow. The broad interdisciplinary insight gained by mechatronics engineers means that they are well placed to become team leaders and progress to management roles within engineering organisations. Successful completion of the degree could also allow progression to postgraduate study on one of the University’s PgD/MSc programmes.

Entry UCAS H730 H BEng/Mech Campus Hamilton School Engineering Duration BEng 1 year Contact Stewart Sinclair 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Professional accreditation Accreditation will be sought from the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET). Annual Hutchison Prize In 2012 alumnus Mr L. W. J Hutchison donated over £100,000 to the University’s Hamilton Campus, including £78,000 for new mechatronics equipment at the Campus and the establishment of the annual Hutchison Prize for Engineering, an award of £5,000 for the best student on the Mechatronics programme. The University is extremely grateful for this support.

Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Mechatronics or relevant subject.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Engineering

Motorsport Design Engineering This course, the only one of its kind in Scotland, has a strong focus on high performance engineering and prepares you for employment as an engineer or designer in the motor and motorsport industry. About thE course Motorsport engineers design, build and test racing cars and bikes. Courses in automotive and motorsport engineering have been delivered at Hamilton Campus since 1984, and this course will develop your practical skills as well as theoretical knowledge. You’ll work on two racing cars, preparing them for test sessions and working as a team to improve their performance in test sessions at a real racing circuit. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Your practical skills will be put to the test in our state-of-the-art Centre of Engineering Excellence which has a fully-equipped manufacturing training workshop, and an industrystandard motorsport workshop. You will access our polymer engineering facilities, fully-equipped model making facilities, several rapid prototyping processes, and an assembly/welding laboratory; and will use a race simulator to understand the effects that engineering adjustments to a race car’s setup has on its handling and performance. We have invested in the type of equipment used by many race and rally teams and you will gain useful experience setting-up and racing engineering competition vehicles. Many students and graduates have been involved in Scottish motorsport as competitors, marshals, and pit or service crew members. UWS Motorsport – a student led motor club – is a member of the Scottish Association of Car Clubs and is recognised by the Motor Sport Association and authorised to organise motorsport events. Students regularly marshal at races and rallies both locally and nationwide. The generic analytical and design skills developed will serve equally well in many areas of engineering. High performance engineering includes skills such as working Page – 145

with data acquisition systems and the design of lightweight structures and these skills are highly transferable to other industries. Your learning Year 1 Topics include basic engineering principles, materials, processes, mathematics, 3D CAD, measurement, hands-on workshop skills and an introduction to vehicle systems, race engineering and safe working practices in our motorsport workshop. Year 2 Analytical design, more advanced CAD, mathematics, and motorsport design projects are explored. Race engineering will see you prepare our racing car for a day’s testing at a local race track. Years 3 & 4 Computer-aided design and analysis, project management, prototyping and product testing, motorsport electronics, aerodynamics, engine design and vehicle dynamics are examined. You will spend around a quarter of the final two years involved in project work, both individually and in teams. We encourage the use of our motorsport workshop and racing cars in student projects. Our careers adviser says You will develop the skills of a mechanical design engineer, with highly transferable skills. Our graduates find employment in many sectors of engineering, including the motor and motorsports industry. Gaining employment in the motorsports industry is highly competitive and we encourage students to become involved with the sport as early as possible and advise students where and how to go about seeking out voluntary opportunities within the sport.

Entry UCAS H330 H BEng/MDE Campus Hamilton School Engineering Duration BEng 3 years BEng Hons 4 years Contact David Kennedy 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, including Maths, plus SQA Standard Grade English and 1 science subject. GCE A-Levels: CCC including Maths and preferably 1 other science subject, plus 3 GCSEs including English and a science subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: BCC, plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: BCC, plus GCSEs English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant engineering subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Relevant engineering subject.

“My course is all encompassing and the skills I’m gaining should offer me flexibility when it comes to finding a job. Formula 1 has always been my biggest influence and I want to work in that sector after I finish university.” Kathryn Shaw Motorsport Design Engineering student


Engineering

Product Design & Development Product design and development starts with the identification of a market opportunity followed by the development of initial concepts that culminate in the manufacture, sale and delivery of an end product to the customer. This course combines practical and theoretical study, along with paid work placement opportunities, opening up career opportunities in this exciting field. About thE course This course addresses the product design, development and supply life-cycle by bringing together the core disciplines of marketing, design (industrial and engineering) and manufacture. Strong emphasis is placed on product quality and cost, as well as on the key aspects of the design and development phase, namely project management, cost and time to market. Group and team-working skills are emphasised. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE During Years 1, 2 and 3, academic study may be supplemented by periods of paid work experience gained within industry. There is flexibility in the duration of the placement undertaken, but in order to achieve the BEng Honours Sandwich degree students must gain a minimum of thirty-six weeks work experience. Such experience may provide exemption from some of the membership requirements of the relevant professional bodies. Your learning Year 1 Computer-aided design is introduced and you will develop an understanding of engineering mechanics, materials and other related areas important to product design. You will also have the option of participating in a period of sandwich training (optional) where you can take a paid placement at the end of the academic year. Year 2 Study of computer-aided design continues, moving into more advanced areas of 3-D modelling. The processes of product design are developed and a range of information technology skills are enhanced to complement this. Management issues are explored.

Page – 146

You will also have the option of paid placement at the end of the academic year. Year 3 Analysis and simulation techniques are applied during Year 3; the relationship between design and manufacture is investigated; and issues such as marketing principles and product testing are presented. You’ll broaden your knowledge in new areas such as manufacturing systems and design animation. You will also have the option of paid placement at the end of the academic year (at this stage some students opt for a one-year, or ‘thick’ sandwich placement). Year 4 (Honours) A significant part of fourth year is taken up with individual and group projects in the area of product design. The application of computeraided manufacture, manufacturing simulation and product visualisation are developed utilising industry standard software. Product design is developed along with other important issues such as product manufacture. Our careers adviser says Product design and development specialisation is increasingly in demand by industrial employers, with graduates from the course expected to find employment in a variety of disciplines relating to the function. The range of skills taught on the course should greatly enhance employment opportunities, particularly when coupled with placement experience. Graduates may choose to seek employment with a multinational organisation and use their skills in manufacturing overseas. Professional accreditation Accreditation will be sought from the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET).

Entry UCAS H700 P BEng/PD Campus Paisley School Engineering Duration BEng 3 years BEng Hons 4 years BEng Hons (Sandwich) 4/5 years Contact Dr Bob Bailey 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB, including Maths and a science subject, plus SQA Standard Grade English. GCE A-Levels: BC including Maths, plus 3 GCSEs including English and a science subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Entry may be possible with: SQA Advanced Highers: BCC, plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: BCC, plus GCSEs in English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Product Design or relevant engineering subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Product Design or relevant engineering subject.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“The course provided the essential technical knowledge and analytical skills required for a successful career. Doing the course has been a wonderful, life changing experience.” Yongjie Yao,

Aircraft Engineering graduate

Page – 147


Health, Nursing and Midwifery

UWS is the largest provider of nurse education in Scotland with over 5000 full and part-time students. Our programmes embrace the all graduate nursing profession. Students benefit from practical hands-on experience in the skills labs on each campus, which allow you to put elements of your learning into practice in a replicated ward environment.

Page – 148


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 149


Page – 150


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“Be prepared for a life changing course, it really alters your outlook. It can be stressful at times but also challenging and rewarding. The lecturers help you see your potential and encourage you to be the best. Being on placement has increased my confidence and given me experience of dealing with patients from all walks of life.” Emma Fry SCHOOL OF HEALTH, NURSING AND MIDWIFERY STUDENT

Page – 151


Health, Nursing and Midwifery Section contents Adult Nursing

HEALTH, NURSING AND MIDWIFERY AT UWS 154

Integrated Public Service

155

Mental Health Nursing

156

Midwifery

157

“Nursing at UWS has been a very enjoyable course and the support from staff has been excellent. Tutors are very kind and approachable. I truly believe you get out what you put in. It’s a worthwhile course and something you carry with you forever.” Lyndsay Burke

A UWS health, nursing or midwifery degree equips you with the necessary theoretical knowledge and essential practical experience to embark upon a career in the health sector. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Our Adult Nursing, Mental Health Nursing and Midwifery courses allow you to benefit from hands-on experience in our on-campus skills labs, where you will put elements of your learning into practice in a replicated ward environment. All of our courses also include key practical experience through placement opportunities in a range of health and health/social care-related settings – see course entries for details. LINKS WITH EMPLOYERS We have links with employers and organisations including NHS Boards across Scotland, local authorities, universities, private care homes and voluntary sector and charitable organisations. We also work internationally with a range of partners across Europe. INVESTMENT IN FACILITIES Enhanced teaching environments and the mix of practical and theoretical elements of our programmes ensure students are prepared for the demands of the profession. Recent major investments in Paisley Campus and the brand new state-of the-art campus in Ayr have resulted in all four campuses providing suites of artificial simulated environments with contemporary healthcare technology, where students learn in a realistic context. The unpredictability of patient symptoms are mimicked using sophisticated software in a clinical ward ranging from low to high dependency beds. Investment in the Domus Initiative – an older adult artificial home environment – provides students with experience in caring for older people and dementia care utilising learning resources in

Page – 152

the design of the living environment, sensory change and communication. In addition to the aforementioned resources, both Hamilton and Paisley campuses provide midwifery students with excellent learning and teaching environments with facilities and equipment that includes a birthing room with child birth simulator and a birthing pool for simulated water births. STUDY ABROAD OPTIONS Our programmes in Mental Health Nursing and Adult Nursing offer study abroad opportunities in one of our partner institutions to enable you to broaden your horizons and live and work in another country. You will experience a new culture, which can help improve your employment prospects upon graduation. It’s not essential that you are fluent in a foreign language, as many of our EU partner institutions teach in English. For more information see the study abroad section of our website. RESEARCH EXCELLENCE We work jointly with a range of partners, both nationally and internationally, on our research interests, and this directly informs teaching at UWS, meaning that you’ll learn from the experts. Our courses are informed by practice and all our academic staff are members of the School’s five research institutes below, which aim to improve standards of health – • Institute of Care and Practice Improvement • Institute of Mental Health • Institute of Healthcare Associated Infection • Institute for Maternal Child & Family Health • Institute of Older Persons’ Health & Wellbeing

Current initiatives include – • a partnership project with Alzheimer Scotland, commissioned by NHS Education for Scotland to develop, deliver and evaluate a training programme to prepare NHS and social services staff as Dementia Champions. Dementia Champions form a key part of the Scottish Government’s National Dementia Strategy which drives a range of initiatives aimed at enhancing support for people with dementia and their families • a research project on behalf of Macmillan Cancer Support which could have a major impact on the care of cancer patients. The study – the first of its kind in Scotland – will see UWS academics, clinical staff from NHS Ayrshire & Arran and researchers from Université de Montreal, Canada, work together to look at whether focusing on the wider needs of cancer patients, rather than just their physical needs, will have a positive impact on patient health • a collaboration with a number of European partners to develop shared academic and practice based programmes to prepare family health nurses in Europe


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION Graduates of our Adult Nursing, Mental Health Nursing and Midwifery programmes will be eligible for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council – see course entries for details. UNICEF RECOGNITION UWS is the first university in Scotland to attain status of Stage 2 UNICEF Baby Friendly Accreditation for a Public Health Nursing programme and the first university in the UK to have both Public Health Nursing & Midwifery programmes UNICEF accredited. ADMISSION CRITERIA Entry to Adult Nursing, Mental Health Nursing and Midwifery is dependent on your entry qualifications and career aspirations and a variety of entry pathways are offered. Please see course entries for further details. Long-established links with several local colleges enable Scottish Wider Access Programme (SWAP) students to gain a guaranteed place in Year 1 (under certain conditions) and HNC holders with extended practice to enter Year 2 (under certain conditions).

PROTECTING VULNERABLE GROUPS SCHEME (PVG SCHEME ) Applicants will be required to join the Protecting Vulnerable Groups Scheme (PVG Scheme), managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. For more information on the PVG Scheme please refer to www.scotland.gov.uk

FIRST STEPS TO NURSING† This unique module is designed to prepare students for studying in higher education. First Steps (which can also be used towards entry to Nursing programmes) aims to promote the development of key skills for undergraduate study. For further details contact lifelonglearning@uws.ac.uk

All offers are conditional on health and Disclosure Scotland PVG checks. All applicants with any criminal records must also have this risk assessed and agreed in partnership with local NHS Boards to facilitate placements.

MSc ADULT NURSING WITH REGISTRATION/MSc MENTAL HEALTH NURSING WITH REGISTRATION This Masters-level programme is suitable for graduates with a degree in a biological, health, social sciences or a related subject. On successful completion of this two-year programme you will be eligible for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council. Applications for these programmes are made via UCAS (Mental Health Nursing with Registration – BR60 H MSc/MHNR; Adult Nursing with Registration BR40 H MSc/ ANR). Further information on these programmes can be found in our postgraduate and post-experience prospectus or on our website.

SELECTION CRITERIA Applicants selected from screening will be invited for on site selection process (OSSP). This includes a short numeracy and literacy test and if successful in these tests, candidates will then undergo selection interview. ENABLING SUPPORT If you have, or think you have, a disability or condition where specific adjustments and enabling support could promote access to your programme, please contact the School Enabling Support/ Equality and Diversity Coordinator, telephone 0141 849 4319 or see page 203 for further details. FINANCIAL SUPPORT Nursing and Midwifery students are exempt from course tuition fees and may be eligible for a non means-tested bursary (depending on residency status). Details of eligibility can be obtained from SAAS – Students Award Agency for Scotland, 0300 555 0505 or at www.saas.gov.uk

Page – 153

CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT We offer short courses, research opportunities and further postregistration and postgraduate study for nursing and midwifery professionals. Please see our website for full details www.uws.ac.uk/hnm If you require the First Steps module for entry you must be enrolled on to the module prior to your UCAS application being processed. †

Opportunities for you Practical experience, study abroad options, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE Work-related learning and placement is available as part of our courses – see course entries for details.

Study abroad You may have the opportunity to spend time studying abroad, gaining credit towards your degree, at one of our 80 partner institutions – see course entries for details.

professional Recognition Many of our courses are recognised by professional bodies – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.

Our Midwifery course came top in Scotland for student satisfaction in the National Student Survey (NSS) 2012.


Health, Nursing and Midwifery

Adult Nursing Nursing is a stimulating and rewarding profession, offering exciting career opportunities both at home and abroad. This degree offers clinical placement opportunities and a study abroad option, and prepares graduates for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council. About the course This degree will prepare you to work in a variety of settings, including hospital, community and specialist areas. It will equip you with the skills and training to work as part of a multi-disciplinary team, delivering safe, evidencebased and compassionate care. The course offers a combination of blended learning and varied teaching techniques, including virtual learning environments and simulated clinical environments. These state-of-the-art simulated learning environments allow students to engage in realistic simulated clinical scenarios supported by highly experienced and qualified staff. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Throughout the programme, you are likely to undertake placements. These placements take place in the private or public sectors, including acute inpatient hospitals, care homes and community nursing teams. Clinical placements can be in the following areas: Lanarkshire; Dumfries and Galloway; Ayrshire and Arran; Renfrewshire; Argyll; and some parts of West Dunbartonshire. In clinical practice, your learning will be supported by a mentor, normally a registered nurse. Study Abroad Erasmus exchange opportunities are available during third year for students who wish to participate in a 12-week placement with one of the University’s EU partners. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 Introduces you to the profession of nursing and the associated underpinning knowledge and values.

Page – 154

It will engage you in all aspects of the healthcare needs of the individual across the lifespan, their family and the community. You will engage in shared learning with mental health nursing students as well as focusing on your own speciality (field). Year 2 Focusing on the health needs of people from a variety of situations, this programme is based on a commitment to caring for individuals in health, disability, ill health and rehabilitation. You will develop practical skills and underpinning evidence-based knowledge that enables you to critically assess situations and provide safe care at the highest standard. Emphasis is placed on working in partnership with each patient to promote optimum health and best quality of life. Shared learning with mental health nursing students supports this approach, as well as field specific modules. Year 3 You will further strengthen the shared approach to learning, critical decision-making, evidencebased and holistic care. Study abroad is an option at this stage. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates will be eligible for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council as a Registered Nurse in Adult Nursing. Depending on your specialism, you will have the option of working as a Registered Nurse within a hospital or community setting in the UK or in other EU countries. Job opportunities are excellent, with salaries starting at £21,176 per annum. Roles could include specialist nurse, nurse manager, research nurse, occupational health nurse, community or hospital based nurse, school nurse, nurse in the armed forces or a practice education facilitator.

ENTRY UCAS Ayr B740 A BSc/AdultN Dumfries B740 D BSc/AdultN Hamilton B740 H BSc/AdultN Paisley B740 P BSc/AdultN Campus Ayr, Dumfries, Hamilton, Paisley School Health, Nursing and Midwifery Duration BSc 3 years Contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk Please note: for students commencing in September 2014 onward, professional registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council will be linked to an exit award of BSc Nursing only.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BCC plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths (2, or above). GCE A Levels: CC, plus GCSE English Language (Grade B, or above) and GCSE Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Health, Nursing and Midwifery

Integrated Public Service (2nd year entry) Public services affect our everyday lives in many ways; and the role of the public service provider is evolving. Scotland’s changing population has been the catalyst for this and an integrated and co-ordinated health and social welfare system is a national priority for effective future provision. About the course There is a demand for integrated service provision to meet the increasingly complex needs of service users in the future. Consequently, there is a need for public service employees who can work collaboratively with professionals to provide seamless, person-centred care. This course provides an innovative and distinctive approach to a degree-level qualification that seeks to prepare the ground for increased understanding, enhanced professionalism and effective management within public service provision. This is an articulated programme with entry at Year 2. An HNC in a relevant subject, or equivalent, is required for entry. The degree is delivered by UWS academics with significant experience in health and social care, social work and business. It aims to produce graduates with the necessary skills, knowledge and experience to work effectively within public services. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Students will undertake placement in Years 2 and 3 in health and social care and administration within NHS Scotland, local authorities and voluntary sector and charitable organisations. Exit Routes Students can exit at the end of Year 2 with a Diploma of Higher Education. Those who successfully complete Year 3 will exit with a BA Integrated Public Service (Health and Social Care) or BA Integrated Public Service (Administration).

Page – 155

YOUR LEARNING Year 2 There are four shared modules, one option module in either health and social care or administration and an integrated practice module with a total of six weeks of placement. The focus is on developing a shared understanding of the complex needs of clients and equipping individuals with an ability to competently assess and effectively meet and evaluate public service provision. It will include study of the policy, practice, ethical and socioeconomic factors which influence health and social welfare, and integrated public service provision. Year 3 There are four shared modules, one option module and an integrated practice module that includes a sixweek placement in either a health and social care or administration environment. The focus is on developing professional attitudes and leadership and management skills. Graduates will be equipped to contribute confidently to evidence-based practice, informed by a value base of rights and respect for service users within an integrated service provision. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS This degree is relevant to a range of employment opportunities within all public and third sector organisations including local councils, health boards, other local and national government agencies, voluntary organisations, charities and social enterprises. Potential career paths are diverse and could include charity fundraising manager, business development officer, mental health support worker, homelessness prevention officer, and youth worker, to name a few. Graduates can progress to postgraduate study.

Entry UCAS L430 P BA/PS Campus Paisley School Health, Nursing and Midwifery Duration Dip HE 1 year BA 2 years Contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 2 SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: in a relevant subject. For guidance on alternative qualifications, please contact University Direct. Additional Information All applicants will be expected to complete a transition module (First Steps to Integrated Public Service). This module is delivered between June and August through a blend of online and face-to-face learning.

NB A part-time option is available for this course. The programme can be completed in four years by students who are employed within a relevant work setting. For more details see our website.

“The course is very interesting and informative. The diverse modules have given me opportunities to develop new skills and my work practice. With the guidance of my lecturers I have gained greater knowledge of what will be expected of me in my future role as a care professional.” Colin MacDonald Care Worker


Health, Nursing and Midwifery

Mental Health Nursing As many as one in three people are thought to suffer from mental health problems. Mental health nursing is one of the most demanding areas of nursing but also one of the most rewarding. This degree offers clinical placement opportunities, a study abroad option and prepares graduates for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council. ABOUT THE COURSE This programme emphasises the importance of relationships between nurses, service users, families and carers, and others who work in the field of mental health. It reflects the realities of mental health nursing in the 21st century and equips students to recognise and meet the mental healthcare needs of people across their lifespan. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Practice experience is available throughout Ayrshire and Arran; Greater Glasgow and Clyde; Lanarkshire; and Dumfries and Galloway. Where possible, placement experience is gained in placements relatively close to the teaching base although more distant placements may be required or available. YOUR LEARNING The programme promotes values and principles-based practice designed to produce a nurse who will be able to work collaboratively and optimistically to promote recovery and help in times of crisis. Ultimately, caring is at the heart of mental health nursing. Students have the opportunity to care for patients across hospital, community and voluntary care settings. The rapidly changing face of mental healthcare requires students to demonstrate learning and competence with individuals and groups within a health and social care framework and to work in partnership with all who care for people’s mental health. Elements of the programme throughout the three years are shared with pre-registration adult nursing students and other healthcare professionals. This helps foster good working relationships and a greater understanding of the complex relationships between physical and mental health.

Page – 156

You will be taught by staff who have been practising mental health nurses, and we invite clinicians and servicer users and carers to discuss their experience of mental health. In Year 3 of the programme, students can choose specialist areas of study such as child and adolescent mental health, forensic mental health or suicide prevention. There are also opportunities to study abroad in one of our partner countries. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS On successful completion of your award you will be eligible for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council as a Registered Nurse in Mental Health. Depending on your chosen specialism you will have the option of working as a Registered Nurse within a hospital or community setting in the UK or in other EU countries or in certain states in the USA or Australia. Job opportunities are excellent with salaries starting at around £21,176 per annum.

Entry UCAS Ayr B760 A BSc/MHN3 Dumfries B760 D BSc/MHN3 Hamilton B760 H BSc/MHN3 Paisley B760 P BSc/MHN3 Campus Ayr, Dumfries, Hamilton, Paisley School Health, Nursing and Midwifery Duration BSc 3 years Contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BCC, plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths (2, or above). GCE A Levels: CC, plus GCSE English Language (Grade B, or above) and GCSE Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Health, Nursing and Midwifery

Midwifery Midwives have a unique and demanding role – if you enjoy responsibility and want to prepare women for the delivery of a new life then this could be the career for you. This degree – which carries UNICEF UK Baby Friendly Initiative accreditation – offers clinical placement opportunities and prepares graduates for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council. About the course The course includes care of the mother before conception, during pregnancy and labour, and care of mother and baby in the postnatal period for as long as considered necessary. In partnership with women, midwives promote and maintain health and prevent ill health in the mother and baby by means of empowerment, informed choice and health education. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Around half of the programme is made up of work-based experience, which is assessed and has academic credit. You will develop your skills in clinical practice by working as part of a multi-disciplinary team within large and small hospitals in urban and rural locations; supervised by midwives and personal tutors. Clinical placements are located in Greater Glasgow and Clyde; Highland; Lanarkshire; Dumfries and Galloway; and Ayrshire and Arran Health Board areas but are subject to availability. During clinical placements, students will develop their skills in clinical practice by working as members of multi-disciplinary teams within large and small hospitals in urban and rural locations. Guest speakers, such as independent midwives, cultural groups, and therapists, are invited to the University to present to students.

Page – 157

YOUR LEARNING Year 1 The focus is normality in midwifery. Initially, students are introduced to midwifery through health and public health concepts, parenthood issues and the professional role of the midwife. You will study midwifery knowledge and clinical practice through life sciences, caring skills, professional skills and personal development. Clinical practice is assessed to ensure competency and safety. Clinical placements include labour ward, community and ward settings. Year 2 The focus is high-risk midwifery practice in relation to medical, obstetric and social factors that render childbirth high-risk. Critical care and care of the newborn is included. Clinical placements include labour ward (theatre), gynaecology, highrisk midwifery and neonatal unit. Year 3 The focus returns to normal midwifery care, however, the underpinning themes are education and management. Module subjects include evidence-based practice, concepts of family and parenting, vulnerable lifestyles and international midwifery. Students will also undertake an individual project. Clinical placements include labour ward, ward and the community, including rural places.

ENTRY UCAS Hamilton B720 H BSc/Mid Paisley B720 P BSc/Mid Campus Hamilton, Paisley School Health, Nursing and Midwifery Duration BSc 3 years Contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates will be eligible for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council as a Registered Midwife. You will have the option of working as a Registered Midwife within a hospital or community setting in the UK or in other EU countries. Job opportunities are excellent, with salaries starting at around £21,176 per annum. Most graduates will work in midwifery although it is possible to diversify into the fields of public health, sexual health and child and family health. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION The programme carries UNICEF’s UK Baby Friendly Initiative accreditation for ensuring midwifery students are equipped with knowledge and skills to advise breast feeding mothers.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBB, plus SQA Standard Grade (2, or above) in English and Maths. Preference will be given to applicants with SQA Highers in any of the following: Biology, Human Biology, Chemistry, Sociology, Psychology, or English. GCE A-Levels: CCC, plus GCSE (Grade B, or above) in English Language and Maths. Preference will be given to applicants with GCE A-Levels in any of the following: Biology, Human Biology, Chemistry, Sociology, Psychology, or English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points.

“I was thrilled to receive a place to study midwifery at University of the West of Scotland. Learning skills in greater depth each year has really helped me to understand the care pathways available. I feel equipped to cope in emergency situations and have used my teaching skills from my previous career to help with parent education.” Lisa-Milner Smith BSc Midwifery


Science

With great emphasis on practical, as well as academic experience from day one; placement opportunities with key industry players; and accreditation by professional bodies, a UWS science qualification equips you with the knowledge and skills to change our world.

Page – 158


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 159


Page – 160


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“The teaching methods are excellent and incorporate practical work and life skills. Feedback from lecturers has helped me improve academically and I’ve become more confident and made lots of friends. If I had to offer any advice to new students, it would be to take the opportunities offered and make the most of your time at university.” Linus Orie-Awah SCHOOL OF SCIENCE STUDENT

Page – 161


Science Section contents 165

Applied Bioscience (CertHE)

166

Applied Bioscience with Forensic Investigation

167

Applied Bioscience and Zoology

168

Biomedical Science/ Applied Biomedical Science

169

Chemistry

170

Environmental Health

171

Forensic Science

172

Occupational Safety & Health

173

Physics

174

Physics with Nuclear Technology

175

Psychology (BSc)

176

Science (CertHE)

177

“The accredited degree I obtained from UWS was very important as it gave me the strong practical grounding and professional recognition that helped me gain a position as a Biomedical Scientist and prepared me well for my future career.” Fraser Craig Specialist Biomedical Scientist, Royal Hospital for Sick Children in Glasgow

Page – 162

SCIENCE AT UWS

Applied Bioscience

UWS Science courses have been developed in collaboration with industrial and educational partners – this input, along with our extensive research and consultancy expertise, helps shape teaching and learning. FIRST-CLASS FACILITIES Get the hands on experience you need – UWS School of Science gives you more access to labs and workshop facilities from the start of your course than any other university in Scotland. We’ve recently invested in – • new facilities for teaching and research in physics, forensic science, analytical chemistry, biology and biotechnology • a Spatial Pattern Analysis Research Laboratory for environmental data and modelling processes • polarised light and fluorescent microscopes with advanced image analysis systems and a high-resolution laser Doppler imager, to enhance research health and the environment, particularly for the study of cataracts, arthritis and geo-materials

PLACEMENT OPPORTUNITIES Get real world experience and enhance your CV with placement opportunities. The majority of our courses give you the chance to undertake a period of work placement with companies at home and abroad. UWS students have worked with industry giants such as BNFL, GlaxoSmithKline and British Energy. FIELDWORK Our courses offer a balance of theory and practice. Many modules in areas such as applied bioscience, environmental studies, marine biology and zoology, include off-campus fieldwork components. UWS students have gained practical experience in Norway, Australia and in the US. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION Many of our courses are accredited or recognised by professional bodies such as the Health Professions Council, the Institute of Physics, British Psychological Society and the Royal Society of Chemistry. Membership of professional organisations boosts graduate prospects and can lead to chartered or professional status.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

SUPPORTING YOUR AMBITIONS As one of Scotland’s most student focused Schools of Science, you’ll get the support you need to succeed in your studies. Our open door approach, friendly environment and personal tutor system means that you’ll be well supported to achieve your ambitions. Small class sizes in the later years of your degree course provide a supportive and engaging learning environment. Study abroad Many of our courses offer opportunities for study abroad in Europe to enable you to broaden your horizons and live and work in another country. You can continue your studies at one of our partner institutions and experience a new culture, which can help improve your employment prospects upon graduation. Please note, normally students are required to speak the language of the country they are visiting. For more information see the study abroad section of our website. Language options It may be possible to study a foreign language – French, German or Spanish – as part of your course, and use this to enhance your prospects in the job market by adding foreign language skills to your CV. For more information see our website. RESEARCH WITH REAL-WORLD IMPACT UWS science academics are working at the forefront of their profession. Being taught by research active staff means that you’ll directly benefit from their extensive expertise, experience and knowledge across a breath of fascinating disciplines. Some of our research activity includes – • UWS researchers, as part of a consortium of universities, have been awarded a £1.2 million programme grant from Arthritis Research UK to bring together, Page – 163

for the first time, experts in bone, matrix, molecular and systems biology in a concerted effort to better understand osteoarthritis • A project in China is looking at ways to treat pharmaceutical waste to prevent it entering soil and water supplies • Heart Research UK-funded study into the effects of high glucose levels on the functioning of human blood vessels of different size and origin • Award winning parasitology research, which focused on the sight-threatening parasite Acanthamoeba and the development of OptiCLENS technology to prevent potential blindness of contact lens wearers by inhibiting the essential metabolic pathways of Acanthamoeba which the human host is unable to do. The School’s Dr Fiona Henriquez was named Nexxus’ Young Life Scientist of the Year (West) for this important research. Some of our research groups and institutes include – • Institute of Biomedical and Environmental Health Research • Institute for Clinical Exercise and Health Science (see page 196) • Environmental Initiatives Research Group • Neurovascular Inflammation Group • Thin Film Centre • Experimental Nuclear Physics Group • Molecular and Health Sciences Research Group • Microscale Sensors Group

Opportunities for you Practical experience, study abroad options, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE During your third year and depending on your chosen programme you may be able to undertake: • a one-year industrial placement between your degree and honours degree years • Single/double module – (see Applied Bioscience and life science entries) • Applied Biomedical Science requires students to undertake a compulsory 15-week placement See course entries for details of available practical experience.

Study abroad Many of our courses offer students the opportunity to spend time studying abroad, gaining credit towards their degree, at one of our 80 partner institutions.

professional Recognition Many of our courses are recognised by professional bodies – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.

“The fact that the Applied Biomedical Science degree is registered with the HPC means that employers are confident that UWS graduates have the skills and knowledge to be effective biomedical scientists. This is indicated in their greatly enhanced employment prospects and in their increased starting salary compared to graduates who do not have an Applied Biomedical Science degree.” Hugh McLelland Laboratory Sector Manager, Haematology, South Glasgow


Science

Introduction to the Biomedical and Life Sciences The biomedical and life sciences are concerned with the study of many different aspects of modern biology from molecular biology and microbiology to zoology and ecology. Exciting new discoveries are being made every day relating to health, disease and the diversity of life. For example, genetic engineering is having a major impact on biology as a discipline and it will change the way that we view all aspects of life. Techniques used in deciphering an organism’s genome can be applied to a variety of research areas in the biomedical and life sciences to help us better understand our environment. We recognise the importance of the practical aspects in the study of life processes, so you will have many opportunities to gain hands-on experience in the laboratory or in the field, as well as in the lecture theatre. Our Virtual Learning Environment (Moodle) also provides substantial resources to support your learning experience. The practical work-related learning offered on our programmes allows students to gain work experience. Skills are transferable, offering a wide range of career choices. Within the broad framework of ‘Applied Bioscience’, it is possible to study a flexible package of modules that enable graduates to gain a wide range of skills and knowledge to equip them for careers in the healthcare, pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, in hospitals, teaching, biological and biomedical research and in environmental industries. Marketing and administration positions are also open to graduates. Students will be given the opportunity to network with industry employers at the annual careers fair. The courses offered in biomedical and life sciences are based on a broad foundation that is delivered in Years 1 and 2. Lecturers support students throughout their studies and can offer a wealth of experience from a diverse range of research backgrounds including biodiversity, metabolomics, biomarkers for disease, muscle physiology, fish biology and rheumatoid arthritis.

Page – 164

The range of likely titles available (subject to demand and timetabling constraints) is shown below. There is potential to study at Hamilton and Paisley campuses for students wanting to specialise in a particular area. Study in a foreign partner university may also be possible. DEGREE TITLES • Applied Bioscience • Applied Bioscience with Forensic Investigation • Applied Bioscience and Zoology • Applied Biomedical Science^ • Biomedical Science^ PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Placement/Work-Related Learning To enable you to gain handson practical experience during your degree studies three options are available: 1 A sandwich placement which takes the form of a 9–12 month period of paid industrial experience between Years 3 and 4 of your degree. The placement selected will depend on your chosen specialism. Selection for placement is made on a competitive basis during Year 3 2 A single or double work-related learning module in your third year of study 3 A 15-week placement in a hospital laboratory during your third year of study for students taking the Applied Biomedical Science degree Work-related learning modules are unpaid but receive academic credit. Students work between 1–4 days per week for a company during the second trimester of their third year of study. Students taking the Applied Biomedical Science degree are considered for the 15–week integrated work placement in an accredited hospital training laboratory at the start of their third year of study. Placements are allocated on a competitive basis. The integrated

work placement receives academic credit and is equivalent to a trimester of academic study. For courses in the biomedical and life sciences see pages 165–169. ^The Biomedical Science degree title is professionally accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science. The Applied Biomedical Science title is approved by the Health Professions Council and is also accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science, so this title provides a really effective entry to work in the NHS laboratories.

“As a biologist, being able to study chemistry has been invaluable in the research I am involved with now. The emphasis at UWS was very much on developing practical research and building the skills we would require as future scientists. One of the most important aspects of my time spent at UWS was being encouraged to believe that with hard work anything was possible! After graduating from UWS, I continued my studies and undertook a PhD on the role of the immune system in Prion diseases.” Karen Brown Post-Doctoral Research Fellow, Roslin Institute of Edinburgh


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Science

Applied Bioscience The course provides a comprehensive knowledge base in the modern bioscience disciplines as well as developing the specific practical and transferable skills that enhances graduate employability. The bio-industry in Scotland is expanding rapidly as measured by the number of new company start-ups and the total number of people employed. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Work-related learning is offered as part of this course. An optional 12–week placement or one-year sandwich placement may be available. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will gain a broad-based introduction to a range of biological disciplines including cell and molecular aspects through to ecological and environmental topics; along with transferable skills such as ICT and scientific computation. Also available are a number of electives which students select with advice from their tutor and based on interests and future career plans. You will also receive an introduction to the use of the UWS Virtual Learning Environment and to personal development planning. Year 2 The basic aspects of life science are developed and topics offered cover: aspects of cell biology, cell culture, analytical techniques, pharmacology, biochemistry, microbiology, human biology, vertebrate physiology and evolution, and genetics (some not available on both campuses). Year 3 You may decide to concentrate studies on the molecular aspects of bioscience (protein structure and function, DNA technology, immunotechniques and pharmacology). Alternatively, depending on campus attended, topics offered could include an extended treatment of biochemistry, microbiology, molecular biology and human physiology, and the introduction of more specialist disciplines such as animal behaviour, immunology and entomology. In addition, there is provision for a case study or work-related learning relating to the chosen interests of the Page – 165

student. A 12–week work placement is an optional, but valuable part of the degree; shorter work-related placements may also be available. The work placement is established for students taking into account their interests and circumstances and is normally in a bioscience laboratory in a biotechnology, pharmaceutical or analytical company or in a hospital laboratory. The placement enhances students’ employability and preparation for the project in Year 4. (Optional) Sandwich Placement An extended twelve-month sandwich placement may be available for students interested in enhancing their practical experience. Year 4 (Honours) You will develop and refine the subjects previously studied. A supervised project will allow you to participate in research in a subject area of your choice. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Career options have expanded to include research, analysis, production, and quality assurance and regulatory affairs. Other career options available include sales and marketing, clinical trials, teaching, publicly-funded research and monitoring agencies, and the traditional bio-industries such as brewing and food processing. Successful students may also progress to postgraduate studies at MSc or PhD level. This qualification is acceptable to all Schools of Education for embarking on teacher training (Biology and Science) courses. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION* Successful completion of this course will normally enable graduates to join the Society of Biology after an appropriate period of industrial experience.

Entry UCAS Hamilton C710 H BSc/ABio Paisley C710 P BSc/ABio Campus Hamilton, Paisley School Science Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Dr Catriona Tedford (Hamilton Campus) Dr Richard Thacker (Paisley Campus) 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC (Biology or Chemistry preferred) plus SQA Standard Grade (Grade 3, or above)/Intermediate 2 in Chemistry, English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC (Biology or Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE English Language and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC (including Biology and Chemistry). GCE A-Levels: BBC (including Biology and Chemistry). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC/CertHE: Applied Bioscience, or relevant subject. Year 3 SQA HND: Applied Bioscience, or relevant subject (B, or above, in Graded Unit). BTEC Level 5 HND/DipHE/ Foundation Degree: Applied Bioscience, or relevant subject. Additional Info Mature applicants without formal qualifications, who have relevant work experience, may be considered for entry. *Accreditation for the programme will be sought from the Society of Biology.


Science

Applied Bioscience (CertHE) This course will equip you with a platform of biological knowledge and skills that provide a sound basis for further studies in all areas of applied bioscience. ABOUT THE COURSE You will be given a broad introduction to a wide range of biological subjects, such as cell biology, microbiology, and anatomy/ physiology. Additionally, you will be introduced to other underpinning disciplines and transferable skills e.g. chemistry, presentation skills, ICT, and scientific computation. All of the subjects taught are fully supported on our online Virtual Learning Environment which can be accessed on or off-campus. Our staff will support your progress and provide advice on course choices. Additional tuition is available, such as our one-week biology and chemistry summer school, and further tutorials in a range of selected topics are offered throughout the year. YOUR LEARNING The subjects on offer include introductory chemistry, anatomy and physiology, cell biology, biodiversity, scientific investigation and data handling. Within scientific investigation you can opt for the forensics or health theme based on your interests and future career plans. In addition, you will gain experience in a wide range of practical and transferable skills which underpin future study and career development. FURTHER STUDY Our flexible approach means you can choose from several areas to carry on with your studies at UWS once you have completed this year. When you successfully complete the CertHE you can apply for entry to either the second year of the BSc programme in Applied Bioscience, or BSc Applied Bioscience with Forensic Investigation. Alternatively you may choose to use the UWS CertHE as an entry qualification for other courses.

Page – 166

Entry UCAS C700 H CertHE/ABi Campus Hamilton School Science Duration CertHE 1 year Contact Jane Tobias 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

SQA Highers: CC (Biology or Chemistry preferred) plus SQA Standard Grade (Grade 3, or above)/Intermediate 2 in Chemistry, English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: DD (Biology or Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE Chemistry, English and Maths (Grade C, or above). SQA NC/NQ (or equivalent): Relevant science subject. Additional Info Applicants who do not have a pass in Biology or Chemistry can attend our one-week summer school in September and will have the opportunity to attend additional tutorials throughout the year. Mature applicants without formal qualifications, who have relevant work experience, may be considered for entry. Applicants are normally invited for interview.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Science

Applied Bioscience with Forensic Investigation Forensic investigation is the application of scientific knowledge and techniques to solving crime. In this course you will gain the underpinning knowledge and skills in biological and chemical sciences that are essential to forensic investigations. ABOUT THE COURSE We aim to produce graduates with good laboratory skills that will be valuable to future employers. You will have the opportunity to develop expertise in scientific techniques, analysis and presentation of results from the start of the course. In your third year you will have the opportunity to undertake a 12-week work placement with a relevant employer. Practical work and tutorials will be undertaken in smaller groups to encourage informal discussion. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE It is possible to undertake a 12–week work placement during Year 3. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will be given a broad-based introduction to a range of biological subjects underpinned by key and transferable skills, and learn the principles of crime scene investigation including crime scene methodology, gathering evidence and a range of techniques such as fingerprinting and blood pattern analysis. All first-year students are given an introduction to the use of the UWS Virtual Learning Environment and to personal development planning. Year 2 You will learn how to identify, collect and analyse biological trace evidence from a crime scene and acquire expertise in the use and application of microscopy in a forensic investigation. Subjects such as molecular genetics, biochemistry, pharmacology and microbiology will be introduced.

Page – 167

Year 3 You will advance your knowledge of some key techniques to study DNA and controlled substances and will apply your knowledge to investigate a crime scene scenario. You may have an element of choice in the aspect of bioscience you would like to focus on e.g. microbiology, immunology, DNA technology, biochemistry etc. A 12–week work placement is possible, normally in a research, hospital or company laboratory. This placement is extremely valuable for future employment. Year 4 (Honours) You will study forensic specialist subjects taking you from the crime scene to the courtroom while gaining in-depth knowledge of your chosen biological subjects and their applications. A critical part of the Year 4 curriculum is a supervised project which offers you the opportunity to participate in research in a subject area of your own choosing. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS You can look forward to a comprehensive choice of career opportunities in areas such as the healthcare, pharmaceutical, forensic science, food, drinks, biotechnology and environmental management industries. Typical jobs can include hospital, industrial or analytical research and the development, sales or marketing of biological equipment and consumables. Alternatively, you may decide to continue your studies by pursuing postgraduate opportunities in research, teaching or other full-time courses.

Entry UCAS C7F4 H BSc/ABWFI1 Campus Hamilton School Science Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years Contact Dr Gail McGarvie 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC plus SQA Standard Grade (Grade 3, or above)/Intermediate 2 in Chemistry, English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC (Biology or Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE Chemistry, English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC (including Biology and Chemistry). GCE A-Levels: BBC (including Biology and Chemistry). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC/CertHE: Applied Bioscience, or relevant subject. Year 3 SQA HND: Applied Bioscience, or relevant subject (B, or above, in Graded Unit). BTEC Level 5 HND/DipHE/ Foundation Degree: Applied Bioscience, or relevant subject.


Science

Applied Bioscience and Zoology This course will equip graduates with the skills to pursue a career within the zoological sciences. Employment is diverse and could include careers such as countryside ranger, pest control professional, zoo keeper, environmental impact assessor, or various roles in the fish farming industry, research and teaching. The flexible nature of the science structure offers the additional option to progress to degrees in applied bioscience and chemistry after the first year of study. ABOUT THE COURSE One key feature, especially in years 3 and 4, is the amount of field work undertaken. There are a number of day-trips and also a residential marine biology field trip in the second trimester of Year 3. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE It’s possible to undertake a workrelated learning module during Year 3. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 During the first year you will study basic biological sciences (cell, molecular, and organismal biology) as well as studying two other science subjects (from chemistry, forensic science, mathematics or physics). Year 2 Specialisation in topics begins during the second year and the six modules studied comprise Biosphere & Man, Microbiology, Genetics, Vertebrate Physiology, Human Biology, and a generic module called ‘Practical Skills’. This latter module seeks to provide a firm foundation in data collection, data analysis, and data presentation. Year 3 In Year 3 you further specialise with core material in entomology, parasitology, animal diversity, conservation and animal behaviour. At this point students can opt to take work-related learning modules in a relevant area of interest.

Page – 168

Year 4 (Honours) In the final year you undertake a research project and are introduced to the specialised topics of pest management, aquatic ecology, behavioural ecology and environmental adaptation. Research projects can be done in collaboration with active researchers in the University and also with relevant local authorities, businesses and/or consultancies. This placement is extremely valuable for future employment. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Past graduates have gone on to work as countryside rangers, as pest control professionals, as zoo keepers, as environmental impact assessors, into the fish farming industry, and into careers in research and teaching. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION The University will seek approval from the Society of Biology.

Entry UCAS CC93 P BSc/ABZ Campus Paisley School Science Duration BSc 3 years BSc (Honours) 4 years Contact Dr Richard Thacker 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC including 2 science based subjects (Biology and Chemistry preferred) plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC including 1 science based subject (Biology and Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB): 24 points. NB Successful completion of an Access to Science course would lead to Year 1 entry. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC (including Biology or Human Biology) plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: BBC including 1 science subject (Biology or Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE English and Maths. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subject studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. International Baccalaureate (IB): 28 points.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Science

Biomedical Science†/ Applied Biomedical Science Applied Biomedical Science and Biomedical Science have both been specially designed to meet the needs of the NHS and provide a solid grounding in the four themes that form biomedical science – clinical biochemistry, haematology, cellular pathology and microbiology. About the course Biomedical scientists play a vital role in modern healthcare. Working in hospital laboratories, they provide medical and nursing staff with the laboratory results that are vital in the diagnosis, treatment and monitoring of disease. Both courses are the same in Years 1 and 2 and Applied Biomedical Science involves a compulsory work placement in an NHS laboratory in Year 3.* Applied Biomedical Science is taught in two locations; the University and the hospital lab. With an Applied Biomedical Science degree you do not have to undertake any further study to gain a position as a biomedical scientist. UWS works in partnership with staff from NHS laboratories and the Health Professions Council (HPC) to equip students with the theory and practical skills necessary to become a biomedical scientist. Biomedical Science graduates need to undertake further training within the National Health Service before becoming a biomedical scientist. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Both courses involve significant practical work and include visits to laboratories and lectures from laboratory staff. A twelve month optional placement is available to students undertaking our Biomedical Science degree. Applied Biomedical Science students undertake a compulsory 15 week work placement in a hospital laboratory. Your Learning Year 1 Biology and chemistry will provide the background necessary to study the range of options in later years. Year 2 The range of topics cover aspects of cell biology, biochemistry, immunology, microbiology, human biology and genetics. Page – 169

You will also be introduced to clinical biochemistry, haematology, microbiology and pathology which are crucial to biomedical science. At the end of Year 2, students intending to purse the Applied Biomedical Science undergo selection to ascertain their suitability for placement, including review of academic progress, health and PVG checks.

Entry

UCAS Biomedical Science B940 P BSc/BiomS Applied Biomedical Science C910 P BSc/ABS Campus Paisley

Year 3 The main focus of study for Biomedical Science is clinical biochemistry, haematology, cellular pathology and microbiology. Students studying the Applied Biomedical Science programme during this year undertake a fifteen-week integrated work placement in a hospital laboratory.

School Science

Year 4 (Honours) You will undertake a research project and study more specialist aspects of biomedical science at a higher level. Haematology, clinical immunology, transfusion science and microbiology are studied.

Professional Exemption At time of print, the BSc Honours Biomedical Science is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS) and re-accreditation will be sought in 2013/14. The BSc Honours Applied Biomedical Science is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science and approved by the Health Professions Council (HPC) and so makes you eligible to apply for the HPC register.

Our Careers Adviser Says The professionally accredited and approved status of these programmes enables graduates to stand out in short-listings for positions in the sector. Our graduates of Applied Biomedical Science do not have to undertake any further study to gain a position as a Biomedical Scientist. Applied Biomedical Science graduates can seek employment immediately and the typical starting salary is greater than £20,000. Biomedical Science graduates start at a slightly lower grade and undertake training while employed in the NHS. However, you need not work in a hospital laboratory following graduation. Biomedical graduates are also employed as research scientists, primary and secondary teachers, forensic scientists, medical reps and police officers.

Duration BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Dr Richard Thacker 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Access to the HPC register is dependent on satisfactory character references and completion of a “self-declaration” indicating that you do not have a health condition that would affect your ability to practice the profession. Re-accreditation will be sought from IBMS in 2013/14 for this programme. HPC approval is reviewed on an annual basis.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBB including 2 science subjects (Biology and Chemistry preferred) plus SQA Standard Grade in Biology, English and Maths. SQA Standard Grade Chemistry preferred. GCE A-Levels: BCC including 1 science subject (Biology preferred) plus GCSE English and Maths. GCSE Biology and Chemistry preferred. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BBB (Biology and Chemistry). GCE A-Levels: BBB (Biology and Chemistry). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Applied Biomedical, or related subject. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Biomedical Science, or related subject (For BSc Hons Biomedical Science only). Additional Info International applicants require an IELTS score of 7.0 with no element below 6.5. BSc Applied Biomedical Science: For students graduating with this degree, entry to the HPC register is dependent on the necessary character and health checks. *Note that the award of placements is competitive. Please note, students outwith Europe are unable to take part in placements. Furthermore, progression to placement depends on successfully undergoing the current government Disclosure Scotland procedures. There is at present no financial help towards undertaking the placements (e.g. travel or accommodation). † Biomedical Science is also offered on a part-time basis. Applied Biomedical Science is only available full-time.


Science

Chemistry Our chemistry degree is designed to provide you with a fundamental knowledge of the subject and the practical skills required for a career in drug research, environmental analysis and forensic science. About the course Our degree in Chemistry is recognised by employers as having a strong analytical and applications focus. You will be encouraged to develop professional skills through practical and project work, problem-solving skills with the aid of computer technology, plus the analytical and communication skills which are expected of the modern scientist. The broad-based structure of the course offers you a range of options to suit your desired career. It is also possible to develop an interest by finding a work placement in a particular industry. You will also have opportunities for direct, hands-on experience with modern chemical instruments particularly in the areas of analytical chemistry and health-related fields. In addition, much of the teaching, especially in later years, is carried out in relatively small groups giving you ample opportunity to explore the subjects in greater depth. It is these aspects of the programme that give you an advantage when seeking employment. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE The Honours sandwich programme offers a year’s paid work experience between Years 3 and 4 within an environment relevant to your specialism and area of interest. Your Learning Year 1 You are introduced to the fundamental concepts through studying general aspects of chemistry including organic, inorganic and physical chemistry along with two other science subjects. Laboratory sessions develop practical and communication skills enabling you to apply fundamental concepts to the solution of chemical problems. Transferable skills, including presentation and computing, are also fully integrated to the course. Page – 170

Year 2 The areas of organic, inorganic, analytical and physical chemistry are reviewed in greater depth and practical skills are developed in all four areas. In addition, topics in chemical engineering and forensic science may be studied. Year 3 Analytical, inorganic, organic and physical chemistry are studied to a more advanced level. Additional topics covered include enzymes and pharmaceutical production and safety and environmental chemistry. (Optional) industrial placement It is possible to undertake a year’s paid work experience between Years 3 and 4 as part of the Honours sandwich programme. Year 4 (Honours) The main branches of chemistry are reviewed in greater depth alongside a broad range of advanced topics such as spectroscopy, photochemistry, advanced analytical techniques and advanced synthesis of organic molecules. In addition, you will undertake an individual research project, usually on a topic of your choice. Our Careers Adviser Says You could pursue a career in chemical research, industry, environmental pollution monitoring, industrial and process regulation, commerce, technical sales, management or teaching. Some examples of job roles include a process chemist at GSK, laboratory supervisor at Sellafield Ltd, and a medicinal chemist with Scottish Biomedical. Chemistry graduates are also sought by non-scientific employers such as stockbrokers, given their numerical and problem-solving skills and ability to think logically and analytically.

Entry UCAS F100 P BSc/Chem Campus Paisley School Science Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Dr Richard Thacker 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Professional Recognition BSc Chemistry and BSc (Honours) graduates are eligible to apply for Associate Membership of the Royal Society of Chemistry (AMRSC). Successful application is dependent on module and project selection within your degree.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC including Chemistry and 1 other science subject plus SQA Standard Grade (Grade 3, or above) in Chemistry, English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC including 1 science subject (Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE Chemistry, English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC (including Biology and Chemistry). GCE A-Levels: BBC (including Biology and Chemistry). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Chemistry, or related subject. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Chemistry or related subject.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Science

Environmental Health This programme is aimed at those who wish to embark upon a career within environmental health, working in areas such as public health, noise pollution control, food safety, food inspection, or pest control within the public and private sectors. The flexible nature of the science structure offers the additional option to progress to degrees in applied bioscience and chemistry as well as environmental health, after the first year of study. ABOUT THE COURSE You will have access to specialist facilities throughout the programme such as the dedicated level 2 containment microbiology laboratory for microbiological analysis of samples and the spatial pattern analysis research laboratory for modelling environmental data. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 During the first year you will study basic biological and chemical sciences as well as being introduced to environmental health and safety. Year 2 Specialisation in topics in environmental health begins during this year, with detailed consideration of health and safety, the working environment and an introduction to microbiological analysis. Measurement quality and processes will be addressed through the chemical analysis module Analytical Measurement. Year 3 You will further specialise with core material in environmental health law, entomology, parasitology, applied microbiology, and health and safety within the public arena. Measurement quality and processes will be addressed through the chemical analysis module; Safety, Health and Environmental Protection.

Page – 171

Year 4 (Honours) In the final year of the course you will undertake a research project and are introduced to advanced food inspection, public health microbiology and detailed study of pollution control. Research projects can be undertaken in collaboration with active researchers in the University and with environmental health departments of local authorities and consultancies. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates have the option of working in the public sector or for a private company. Career choices are wide ranging and cover all aspects of health in the environment such as restaurant inspections, pest infestations, noise pollution and waste management. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION The programme is accredited by the Royal Environmental Health Institute of Scotland (REHIS). Please note REHIS require graduates to obtain a minimum of a second class Honours degree and also complete a REHIS approved 1-year training programme on completion of their degree in order to work as professional Environmental Health Officers.

Entry

UCAS B910 P BSc/EnvH Campus Paisley School Science Duration BSc 3 years BSc (Honours) 4 years Contact Dr Richard Thacker 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC including 2 science based subjects (Biology and Chemistry preferred) plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC including 1 science based subject (Biology or Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Successful completion of an Access to Science course would lead to Year 1 entry. Additional Info There is no advanced entry to this degree programme. Due to the specialised nature of this degree all applicants must start from the first year of the course.


Science

Forensic Science Forensic science is the application of science in support of the legal process. Forensic scientists aim to gather evidence and analyse it for use in a court of law in a way that is impartial, expert and based on solid scientific facts. This degree will equip you with the knowledge and skills in biological and chemical sciences that are essential to forensic science. ABOUT THE COURSE The great strides made in the analytical sciences and genetics in recent years have greatly increased the power of forensic science, and made the scientist central to solving many criminal cases. Forensic science modules are embedded into the first year of study and lab work plays a key role in the development of skills. In addition, areas such as crime scene investigation, statistics and probability are studied with an optional module, Law of Evidence, which sets the context in which forensic scientists must work. Laboratory work plays a central role, allowing you to develop as a practical scientist capable of examining evidence, extracting information and presenting your findings. Our well-equipped laboratories offer hands-on experience in techniques such as gas chromatography-mass spectrometry, ICP atomic absorption spectroscopy, infra-red spectroscopy, gel electrophoresis and scanning electron microscopy with x-ray microanalysis. This equipment is also used for research, teaching and investigative work. The crime scene laboratory gives students the opportunity to investigate typical crime scene scenarios in a realistic manner. In addition to lab work, other teaching methods include site visits, guest lectures, workshops, role-play and presentations.

Page – 172

Entry

PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE For students interested in gaining practical experience, the optional sandwich degree award offers the benefit of a paid placement period in industry.

UCAS F410 P BSc/FS

YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will study biology and chemistry to provide a grounding in these underpinning sciences, and participate in laboratory work to develop practical skills in these areas. Topics covered include fingerprinting techniques, and alcohol and drug analysis with reviews of relevant contentious cases. Transferable skills are fully integrated into the course.

Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years

Year 2 Biological sciences and chemistry knowledge is advanced further advanced through classical and molecular genetics, organic and analytical science. Science content is developed through topics covering crime scene investigation, drugs, explosives and forensic probability. Year 3 A number of specialist modules will be undertaken along with extensive hands-on experience of instrumental techniques used routinely in forensic science investigations, such as microscopy of trace evidence, gas and liquid chromatography of drugs, explosives and illicit substances and atomic spectroscopy of toxic metals. (Optional) industrial placement It is possible to undertake a year’s paid work experience between Years 3 and 4 as part of the Honours sandwich programme.

Campus Paisley School Science

Contact Dr Richard Thacker 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 4 (Honours) Specialist modules will deepen your understanding of analytical sciences, toxicology, criminalistics and physical evidence. In addition, an individual project in a related area is undertaken over two trimesters. The skills gained will make graduates attractive not only to the forensic science sector but also to many employers in the biotechnology, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS The police and customs and excise are the obvious employers, however work in environmental protection, accident investigation, drug research, the chemical industry and biomedical sciences are possible. Forensic science graduates will also be sought-after for work in analytical laboratories. Recent graduates have also continued their studies in forensic science on taught MSc programmes and in postgraduate research. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION BSc (Hons) Forensic Science graduates are eligible for Associate Membership of the Royal Society of Chemistry (AMRSC).

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC including 2 science subjects (Biology and Chemistry preferred) plus SQA Standard Grade Chemistry, English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC including 1 science subject (Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE Chemistry, English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC (Chemistry and 1 other science). GCE A-Levels: BBC (Chemistry and 1 other science). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Advanced entry may be possible, contact Dr Richard Thacker for further details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Science

Occupational Safety and Health The BSc is intended for those whose primary function is the maintenance of safety and health within industry, commerce and public bodies. ABOUT THE COURSE The job of the safety professional has expanded from the traditional role of accident prevention and protection of individual employees to include safety management systems, risk assessment, risk reduction and risk control techniques. There has been a change in the ‘ethos’ of legislation, the new philosophy is based on assessment and control of risk rather than prescriptive measures. The course is designed to cater for candidates from a wide variety of backgrounds and it will give you the confidence to manage the health and safety of your own organisations, or, if not yet in employment, to be in a competitive position for work. In order to perform their duties effectively, the safety professional must fully understand the concept of risk, be aware of specific risks, effects on workers and control and preventative strategies. They must also be prepared to deal with detailed legislation, be aware of the financial implications of decisions and obtain the best working environment at affordable costs. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will be given a broad base from which more advanced topics can be developed. Students successfully completing Year 1 can progress to Year 2 in Occupational Safety and Health, or Environmental Health. The contents of the modules include: cells and molecules, dealing with data, biodiversity, chemistry and reactions, scientific investigation and health and safety at work. Year 2 Modules are specific to safety and health and cover all the main topic areas. A variety of speakers will deliver specific information relating to their own area of expertise e.g. general health and safety management, Page – 173

health and safety law, construction, radiation, technology, health and hygiene and risk management. Year 3 The emphasis in Year 3 is on management, to enable students to understand the principles and application of managing health and safety in the workplace. Environmental management is introduced and modules include: case studies, professional skills, environmental responsibilities, managing health and safety within business and a safety management project. oUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS There is a growing demand for well-qualified and suitably trained graduates to assist in the solution of health and safety, environmental and waste management problems. Our graduates have gone on to pursue careers in local authorities, public sector organisations, education, construction, shipbuilding and insurance companies. Jobs have been secured as health and safety officers or consultants, trainers, and risk assessors, with major companies such as Barr Construction, Barclays Global Corporate Security, Magnox North Limited and Chemring Energetics UK Ltd. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION Upon successful completion of the BSc programme, students can apply to the Institution of Occupational Safety and Health (IOSH) to become a graduate member and could therefore, on acceptance, use the designatory letters Grad IOSH. This category denotes those who are academically qualified to become Chartered Members, but are currently completing a mandatory IPD/CPD cycle.

Entry UCAS B920 P BSc/OSH Campus Paisley School Science Duration BSc 3 years (full-time) Contact Jan Miller 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC including 2 science based subjects (Biology and Chemistry preferred) plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC including 1 science subject (Biology or Chemistry preferred) plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Health and Safety, or closely related subject. Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Health and Safety, or closely related subject. Other equivalent academic, vocational or professional qualifications (e.g. NEBOSH) may be considered for entry. Your previous and current experiences and level of responsibility will be taken into consideration.

“An excellent and comprehensive course which provides the knowledge and understanding required to progress to the higher levels of the health and safety profession.” Nicholas Goodings Occupational Safety and Health graduate


Science

Physics This programme teaches the fundamentals of physics as a core science and will help develop the professional skills and expertise for a career in any area of physics, from industrial applications to academic research. UWS is one of eight Scottish universities that have formed a research alliance in physics with the aim of placing Scotland at the forefront of research in physics. ABOUT THE COURSE Physics is an exciting subject which aims to explain natural phenomena from the smallest to the largest of scales, from nanotechnology to the universe itself. Physics covers both theoretical principles and their applications in the laboratory. You will benefit from small to medium-sized classes and flexibility in choice of final degree title. You will study core topics in physics, along with some other subjects you choose yourself to reflect your interests and career aspirations. After first year, the maths you require is mostly integrated into the physics teaching. During the first three years of the course, practical classes will enhance your familiarity with the principles and techniques of experimental physics, which underpin the lectures that cover the theory. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE The Honours sandwich programme also offers you the benefit of a year’s paid work experience with an industrial or scientific employer in the UK or abroad. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will study core modules in physics and maths along with a choice of other subjects from a range of science, engineering or computing related topics. The physics modules cover the SQA Advanced Higher syllabus and, in addition, aspects of atomic physics and thermodynamics are taught. Year 2 You will develop skills and knowledge in core physics subjects and branch out to other areas such as electronics, vibrations and waves, and mathematical modelling. Practical and professional skills are also developed during this year. Page – 174

Year 3 In this year, the course covers the core physics topics of electromagnetism, solid-state physics, atomic and nuclear physics, optics and relativity. There is a free option, allowing you to choose from other suitable disciplines. (Optional) industrial placement This is an optional year spent in industry or a relevant scientific research laboratory. Year 4 (Honours) The subjects in this year are more advanced developments of those undertaken in third year, with additional topics such as statistical physics, ultrasonics and nanotechnology. You will undertake a project where skills and knowledge acquired during the course are applied to an original research problem. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS There is always a strong demand for graduates in physics from technologybased industries in Scotland and elsewhere. These industries cover areas such as microelectronic telecommunications, optics and energy. Physicists are also in demand in the public services including schools and hospitals, the civil service and research laboratories. Our physics graduates have gone on to work with major companies such as BAE Systems, CERN, Fujitsu, Logica, Motorola, and Nikon, as well as to further studies and jobs in universities. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION Accredited by the Institute of Physics (IOP).

Entry UCAS F300 P BSc/Phy Campus Paisley School Engineering Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Dr Klaus Spohr 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC (including Maths and Physics) plus SQA Standard Grade English. GCE A-Levels: CCC (including Maths and Physics) plus GCSE English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC (including Maths and Physics). GCE A-Levels: BBC (including Maths and Physics). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Physics, Applied Sciences, or related subject (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Physics, Applied Sciences, or related subject (advanced entry to Year 3 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award).


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Science

Physics with Nuclear Technology Specifically designed for students with an interest in nuclear physics and its applications, this is the only degree of its type in Scotland. With the renewed world-wide interest in nuclear energy, the career opportunities for graduates are wide-ranging. ABOUT THE COURSE Processes and methods which involve the decay of the atomic nucleus or nuclear reactions can be referred to as ‘nuclear technology’. It has far-reaching applications in the world around us, for example medical imaging, environmental monitoring, radioactive dating, and nuclear-energy generation. Aspects of nuclear technology, such as nuclear physics and radiation detection, are also a prerequisite in carrying out fundamental research in nuclear and particle physics at large laboratories such as CERN. Practical Experience In order to reinforce your understanding of the course content, most of the lectures on our programme are complemented by practical work. In the practical classes you will also learn the general principles of experimental physics. In the final year of the Honours programme, you will have the opportunity to carry out project work in one of our research groups. We have a large and active research group in experimental nuclear physics at UWS. Teaching will thus be carried out by well-informed world-leading experts in the field of nuclear physics. Between Years 3 and 4, there is the option to undertake a year’s sandwich placement. Where possible, we will incorporate our research into the material taught on the programme. At UWS, you will also benefit from small class sizes, one-to-one tuition and small group tutorials.

YOUR LEARNING In the first two years of the programme, you will study the core aspects of physics, covering largely the same content as the Physics programme (see page 174). In Year 3 you will study applied nuclear physics, nuclear imaging and the physics of nuclear reactors. In Year 4, you will study renewable energy, radiation detection and measurement, and research topics in nuclear physics. During Year 4 you will also carry out project work aligned to our nuclear-physics research group. In addition to core aspects of physics, you will study the following subjects: • nuclear structure and reactions • high-energy particle physics • the physics of nuclear reactors • nuclear medical imaging • applied nuclear physics • radiation detection and measurement • renewable energy and pollution • hot topics in nuclear-physics research (Optional) Sandwich Placement You have the opportunity to undertake a one year placement between Years 3 and 4 in industry or a research institution in the UK or Europe. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS There is significant worldwide investment in the nuclear industry which means job opportunities are plentiful. There is always a strong demand for physics graduates and the nuclear technology part of your training will add an extra dimension to your employability, opening up extra avenues of employment in, for example, the nuclear-energy sector, and in nuclear medical imaging. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION The programme is currently seeking accreditation from the Institute of Physics (IOP).

Page – 175

Entry UCAS F390 P BSc/PWNT5 Campus Paisley School Engineering Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years BSc Hons (Sandwich) 5 years Contact Dr John F Smith 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC (including Maths and Physics) plus SQA Standard Grade English. GCE A-Levels: CCC (including Maths and Physics) plus GCSE English. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC (including Maths and Physics). GCE A-Levels: BBC (including Maths and Physics). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Physics, Applied Sciences, or related subject (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects covered and grade of award). Year 3 SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND/ Foundation Degree: Physics, Applied Sciences, or related subject (advanced entry to Year 3 will be dependent on subjects covered and grade of award).


Science

Psychology (BSc^) Psychology is the science of mind and behaviour. The principal aim of this professionally accredited degree is to develop a critical understanding of the methods and approaches within this discipline. ABOUT THE COURSE This programme places psychology within a wider context, giving you the opportunity to study this fascinating subject along with other sciences including biology, chemistry, maths and physics. The focus at UWS is applying your understanding of psychology to reallife issues. You will further benefit from the experience of our staff, who work at the cutting-edge of social science research, in areas such as social communication and education. Throughout the programme of study, you will also develop a range of generic, transferable skills valued by today’s employers, including IT, numeracy, group work, communication and problem-solving. Professional psychologists are occasionally invited to give lectures and are also invited to attend careers events to give students the opportunity to ask questions and find out more about these professions. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will study one module in psychology as well as two science subjects which cover areas such as biology, chemistry, maths and physics. The psychology module will introduce you to ideas about psychological research, individual differences, learning and cognitive processes. You will have the opportunity to gain an understanding of a range of outlooks and methods within science and psychology, emphasising their interdependency. Modules will also be selected which develop skills in computing, word processing and presentation. Year 2 Modules studied this year include; Introduction to Social Science Methods, Social Cognition and Understanding Development. You Page – 176

will also study science modules determined by the previous year of study. In this year you will go on to develop a deeper awareness of psychology along with appropriate methods and methodology.

Entry UCAS C800 P BSc/Ps Campus Paisley

Year 3 Further study of topics in psychology such as child development, social psychology, biological psychology and cognitive psychology will be covered. You will also have the option of selecting a specialist module covering either psychology or science options. Your critical and analytical skills will be further developed.

School Science/Social Sciences

Year 4 (Honours) Core studies in psychology will cover individual differences and psychological theory. You will also be able to choose two specialist modules from a range of topics, including forensic and criminal psychology, education and psychology, clinical psychology, health psychology and organisational psychology. All students undertake an in-depth dissertation on a specialised topic of their choosing.

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION The BSc Hons Psychology is recognised by the British Psychological Society as conferring eligibility for Graduate Membership and the status of Graduate Basis for Chartership (GBC), provided a minimum of second class Honours is achieved. This is the first step towards becoming a Chartered Psychologist.

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Psychologists find employment in a broad range of areas such as marketing, management, the media, teaching, academic research and industry. Graduates have also found employment in the civil service, human resources, the police force, and with a range of non-government organisations. As a graduate of psychology with a scientific background you will also be well-qualified to pursue a career in research-based activities within industry, health and public services. Your degree will also allow you to continue your studies with a postgraduate course allowing you to enter professions that include clinical, educational, forensic or occupational psychology.

Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years Contact Dr Richard Thacker 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC (including English and 1 science subject) plus SQA Standard Grade Maths. GCE A-Levels: CCC (including English and 1 science subject) plus GCSE Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC. GCE A-Levels: BBC. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Scottish Baccalaureate: Science (advanced entry to Year 2 will be dependent on subjects studied and grade of award). BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Additional Info Relevant science subjects are Biology, Chemistry, Maths or Physics. The Psychology content of the BA (page 188) and BSc programme is identical: the appropriate programme depends on students’ academic background and the other subjects they wish to study i.e. BA route for social science related, or BSc for science related study. In Year 1 this equates to a single module as indicated in the ‘Your Learning’ section of this course entry.

^


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Science

Science (CertHE) A one-year course in science, which leads to the award of Certificate of Higher Education in Science (CertHE), is offered at the University.

ABOUT THE COURSE This qualification is suitable for students who have non-standard entry requirements, e.g. two science Highers and/or relevant work experience. A good performance can lead to admission to Year 2 of an appropriate UWS degree within Science, i.e. Applied Bioscience, Biomedical Science, Chemistry, and Forensic Science. Full-time applications to this course should be made through UCAS.

Page – 177

Entry UCAS FJ00 P CerHE/Sci Campus Paisley Duration CertHE 1 year full-time; variable duration part-time Contact Dr Richard Thacker 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: CC (including 1 science subject) plus SQA Standard Grades in Biology, Chemistry, English and Maths. GCE A-Levels: DD (including 1 science subject).


Social Sciences

Social Sciences examine the world we live in – from the way we think and behave to the decisions that shape our social and political environment. The field of Social Sciences is diverse and the subjects offered at UWS reflect this. You can study Sociology, Psychology, Politics, Social Policy, Social Work and Criminal Justice. Page – 178


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 179


Graeme Smith

School of Social Sciences student

Page – 180

“The academics are at the top of their field and they strive to help you develop your potential. There’s a real opportunity to develop engaging relationships with both staff and students. Achieving a degree equips you with skills for life and with the current job situation gives you a head start. My advice to new students would be enjoy your studies and be enthusiastic.”


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 181


Social Sciences Section contents 184

Social Science

185

Social Sciences with programme options

186

Politics

187

Psychology

188

Social Policy

189

Sociology

190

Social Work

191

“To be nominated for this award was great, but to have won it is unbelievable – it’s a great honour. My placement saw me involved in supervising people on probation orders and providing reports to the court prior to sentencing. It was a really interesting placement and the team at Glasgow City Council were fantastic, which is exactly what every student hopes for.” Renfrewshire Council Social Worker and UWS Social Work graduate Sheila Hagney, winner of the Scottish Association of Social Workers Student Social Worker of the Year award 2012

Page – 182

SOCIAL SCIENCES AT UWS

Criminal Justice

A UWS social sciences degree equips you with the skills for a wide range of careers. With practical experience opportunities, study abroad options and professional recognition offered on selected courses, a UWS social sciences degree provides a firm foundation for your next step. OUR COURSES Our degrees offer flexible study opportunities. In addition to single subject degrees in Psychology, Sociology, Criminal Justice and Social Work, you’ll have opportunities to study joint degree combinations such as Politics and Sociology. For more information see individual course entries. It is also possible for Social Work students to transfer to a Social Science degree during their course. LINKS WITH EMPLOYERS We have close working relationships with an extensive range of employers and professional bodies in the social and health care sectors, local and central government, education, and the private and non-for-profit (‘third) sectors. RESEARCH EXCELLENCE Research carried out by staff in the School underpins all of our teaching activity which means that you’ll directly benefit from our extensive expertise in a variety of fascinating, relevant areas. Our research outputs span academic publications and a range of contributions to official reports. The School’s research work is coordinated through a set of interdisciplinary Research Groups in Applied Psychology, Civil Society and Governance, Health Behaviours and Policy, and Social Work. We are also working with Oxfam Scotland to deliver new solutions for a fairer Scotland. A policy forum, bringing together key contributors from across a range of public, private and voluntary bodies, will be created with the aim of contributing to the development of a more equitable and sustainable Scotland.

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION The single subject Psychology Honours degree is accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS) which enables graduates to move on to careers and further study that requires a professional qualification in Psychology. A postgraduate qualification enables students to pursue a career as, for example, a clinical, educational or forensic psychologist. The Social Work degree gives graduates the recognised qualification, approved by the Scottish Social Services Council, for employment as a professional social worker anywhere in the United Kingdom. STUDY ABROAD Many of our courses offer opportunities for study abroad in Europe to enable you to broaden your horizons and live and work in another country. You can continue your studies at one of our partner institutions and experience a new culture, which can help improve your employment prospects upon graduation. It’s not essential that you are fluent in a foreign language, as many of our EU partner institutions teach in English. For more information see the study abroad section of our website. Language options It may be possible to study a foreign language – French, German or Spanish – as part of your course, and use this to enhance your prospects in the job market by adding foreign language skills to your CV. For more information see our website.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

ADVANCED ENTRY Social Sciences programme: Applicants with an HND in Social Science will normally be accepted for entry to Year 2 of the programme, although Year 3 entry will be considered based on subjects taken and academic performance. Applicants with an HNC in Social Science will normally be considered for entry to Year 1, although entry to Year 2 may also be possible. Social Work programme: Entry is normally only to Year 1, but advanced entry may be possible if an applicant has completed the same or equivalent modules as the ones for which he or she is seeking exemption and also meets the other entry requirements. Criminal Justice programme: Applicants with an HNC/HND in Legal Studies will be considered for entry to Year 2 of the programme depending on subjects taken and academic performance.

STUDENT SUCCESS

Jamie Gallacher, who is now a Social Worker in Glasgow, graduated in 2011 with a first class degree and was also awarded the Morag Faulds Prize for excellence in practice. “I would recommend this course to anyone interested in pursuing a social work career. On leaving the course I quickly secured a job as a criminal justice social worker within Glasgow City Council which I am thoroughly enjoying. I feel that my four years at UWS have been some of the best years of my life and my experiences on the course have given me a real desire to return to academic studies at some point in the future.” Jamie Gallagher Social Work graduate

Page – 183

Subject Admissions Officers Social Sciences with programme options in Politics, Psychology, Social Policy, Sociology (Paisley) Deborah Nicholson (general enquiries and advanced entry enquiries) Linda Mackay (general enquiries) Social Science (Hamilton) Dr Michael Pugh Criminal Justice (Hamilton) Geraldine O’Donnell Social Work (Dumfries and Paisley) Anne Ritchie Contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Opportunities for you Practical experience, study abroad options, professional recognition and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE Practice learning and work-related experience is offered as part of selected courses – see entries for details.

Study abroad You may have the opportunity to spend time studying abroad, gaining credit towards your degree, at one of our 80 partner institutions – see course entries for details.

professional Recognition Many of our courses are recognised by professional bodies – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.


Social Sciences

Criminal Justice The way society and governments deal with crime is an increasingly high-profile issue. This degree - which is the only programme of its type in the UK - will prepare you for employment in the police and prison service, criminal courts and the fiscal service. ABOUT THE COURSE Criminal Justice is the study of concepts, structures, organisations and processes involved with the prevention, investigation and prosecution of crime, the workings of the criminal law and criminal court system and the treatment of offenders within society. STUDY ABROAD During the programme it is possible for students to take part in a two week exchange programme with Washburn University in Kansas or University of the West of Florida. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will gain a grounding in the nature of criminal justice and an appreciation of the interdisciplinary disposition of the subject area. Modules include Introduction to Scottish Criminal Justice and Criminal Law, Psychology, Sociology, and the History of Crime and Justice. Year 2 The focus on relevant theoretical disciplines continues, together with applied approaches, which are underpinned by consideration of the role of research. Subjects covered include the behavioural aspects and politics of criminal justice, criminology, and research methods. Year 3 Core modules are designed to allow you to enhance your understanding and analytical skills while the emphasis is on a more applied and critical approach to issues in criminal justice. These modules include Criminal Justice Research, Youth Justice, and an investigative study. There are also options in the Economics of Crime and Justice, Introduction to Forensic Science, Penology and Policing.

Page – 184

Year 4 The core modules are designed to deepen your evaluative and critical skills, as well as your ability to conduct research through a dissertation. Community Safety and Crime Prevention, Comparative Criminal Justice, and Security in a Global Age, are covered; and there are options in Human Rights Law and Victimology. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates could seek employment opportunities in the police and prison services, as well as the criminal courts administration and the Fiscal Service. Community justice provides opportunities to work in sectors related to restorative justice and mediation, community safety and working with offenders, victims and witnesses. The private security industry has a demand for managers with a knowledge of the criminal justice system.

Entry UCAS M211 H BA/CJ Campus Hamilton School Social Sciences Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Geraldine O’Donnell 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBB (English preferred), plus SQA Standard Grade Maths (Grade 3, or above). GCE A Levels: BC, plus GCSE English and Maths. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant subject (including Legal Studies). Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC. GCE A Levels: BBC. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Exceptionally, entry may be possible with: SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Legal Studies.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Social Sciences

Social Science* This course provides students with a knowledge and understanding of a range of social science disciplines and related research, with emphasis placed on the study of politics, psychology and sociology to give you a solid understanding of how society works and how we interact with each other. ABOUT THE COURSE There is a central focus on the development of academic and research skills and you will engage in interdisciplinary project and dissertation research in Years 3 and 4. Supported by a deep engagement with the social science research process, you will develop a theoretical and applied understanding of politics, psychology and sociology.

Year 3 In Trimester 1 you will study two modules from Brain and Behaviour, America (Land of the Free?), Environment and Society, plus Researching the Social World A. In Trimester 2, you choose two modules from Social Psychology, the Modern Scottish Polity, and Sociology and the Mass Media, plus Researching the Social World B.

You will also develop a range of key transferable skills and graduate attributes that will enhance employability, including critical research skills, information literacies, data-handling and analysis and communication skills. Throughout the programme, you will be supported and encouraged to become a reflective, self-regulated, independent learner.

Year 4 You will study two modules in Trimester 1 from Counselling Psychology, UK Political History, and Experiencing City Life. In Trimester 2, you choose two modules from Health Psychology, Democracy and Sociology, and Art and Culture. You will also undertake a Social Science Dissertation project, which will run over both trimesters.

YOUR LEARNING Year 1 You will study three modules in each trimester. In Trimester 1, modules are Becoming a Social Scientist, Introduction to Psychology, and Modern Economy, State and Society. In Trimester 2, you will study Understanding the Social World, Democracy in the UK, and Introducing Sociology. Year 2 In Trimester 1 you will study Social Cognition, Introductory Political Thought, and Aspects of Social Life. Trimester 2 modules are Social Science Methods plus two from Understanding Development, International Politics, and Sociology and Global Society.

Page – 185

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS The degree places a central focus on the development of employability and graduates will be equipped with a variety of attributes and key transferable skills which will prove invaluable in the public, private and voluntary sectors. Common destinations for graduates are teaching, health and social care, public services, politics, and research. A close link is maintained with UWS Careers and Employability Services across the programme and Careers staff will input into the programme at various stages. FURTHER STUDY Both the BA and BA (Hons) can lead to further study on a variety of postgraduate programmes.

Entry UCAS L300 H BA/SoS Campus Hamilton School Social Sciences Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Dr Michael Pugh 0800 027 100 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk *Please note: Social Sciences with programme options in Politics, Psychology, Social Policy and Sociology is offered at Paisley Campus (see page 186). At the end of Years 1 or 2 it may be possible to continue your studies at Paisley Campus in a named title such as Politics, Psychology, Social Policy or Sociology, (see pages 187–190 for details).

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC (English preferred), plus SQA Standard Grade Maths (Grade 3, or above). GCE A Levels: CCC, plus GCSE English and Maths (Grade C, or above). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant subject (including Social Sciences and Social Studies). Year 2 Exceptionally, entry may be possible with: SQA HNC/CertHE: Relevant subject such as Social Sciences or Social Studies (Grade B, or above, in Graded Unit). BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant subjects such as Social Sciences and Social Studies. SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Social Sciences, or equivalent. Year 3 Exceptionally, entry may be possible with: SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Social Sciences, or equivalent.


Social Sciences

Social Sciences* with programme options in Politics, Psychology°, Social Policy, Sociology Get a solid grounding in the social sciences, with the opportunity to specialise in an area of your choice from Year 2 onwards – a great option which opens up a myriad of career pathways. ABOUT THE COURSE Social sciences is the study of society and the way in which people behave and influence the world. Students follow a common foundation programme in Year 1. You will study a range of social science modules, including Psychology, Sociology, Social Policy and Politics, as well as modules that provide the tools necessary for the study of social science. The common foundation will provide students with key transferable skills, developing core areas of critical thinking, information literacy, and data handling and analysis. Students will become self-regulated and selfaware learners, with the personal and transferable skills necessary for study and the modern workplace. STUDY ABROAD During the programme it is possible for students to spend a trimester abroad on student exchange; recently, students have studied in Romania, Denmark and Hungary.

Page – 186

YOUR LEARNING Students follow a common foundation in Year 1, and from Year 2 select specific subject areas from Politics, Psychology, Social Policy, or Sociology, which continue to be studied in Years 3 and 4. More information about each of these subjects is given from pages 187–190. In Trimester 1 of Year 2, students take forward three subjects from their first year. In Trimester 2 they continue with two of these subjects, together with Social Science Methods. In Years 3 and 4, students can study both Psychology and Sociology as single subject degrees at Paisley Campus. They can also opt to study for a joint subject degree, combining any two of the Year 2 subjects mentioned above (Politics and Social Policy can only be studied as part of a Joint degree).

Entry UCAS L310 P BA/SS Campus Paisley School Social Sciences Duration BA 3 years BA Hons 4 years Contact Deborah Nicholson (general enquiries and advanced entry enquiries, and direct entrants) Linda MacKay (general enquiries) 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk °NB The Psychology content of the BA and BSc programme (see page 176) is identical: the appropriate programme depends upon students’ academic background and the other subjects they wish to study ie BA for social science related, or BSc for science related study. *A general Social Science degree is also offered at Hamilton Campus – see page 185.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC (English preferred), plus SQA Standard Grade Maths (Grade 3, or above). GCE A Levels: CCC, plus GCSE English and Maths (Grade C, or above). International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant subject (including Social Sciences and Social Studies). Year 2 Exceptionally, entry may be possible with: SQA HNC/CertHE: Relevant subject such as Social Sciences or Social Studies (Grade B, or above, in Graded Unit). BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant subject such as Social Sciences or Social Studies. SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Social Sciences, or equivalent. Year 3 Exceptionally, entry may be possible with: SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: Social Sciences, or equivalent.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Social Sciences

Politics This degree will develop your understanding of the world we live in and the institutions and decisions that shape it. The truly fascinating subject of politics touches every area of our lives – from the amount of tax we pay to the health service we receive, and covers local, national and global issues. ABOUT THE COURSE Politics examines the values and processes that underpin the way countries are governed. The programme deals with the British political system, comparisons with the United States, Asia, Europe, the Middle East and South America; the politics of the European Union; and with Scottish politics after devolution. International politics and political theory are also integral parts of the programme. Politics is available as part of a joint degree at UWS. The research specialism of the politics staff include Political Theory, Political Ideologies, British Politics, Scottish Politics, Public Policy, The European Union, US Politics, Irish Politics and Democratic Theory and Practice. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE A work-related learning module can be studied during third year. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 (Foundation Programme) During this year, you will study Psychology, Sociology, Politics and Social Policy. You will also be introduced to the use of information technology in social science and begin to acquire the skills necessary to become a critical and reflective learner through the ‘Becoming a Social Scientist’ and the ‘Understanding the Social World’ modules. Year 2 You will continue to study a range of subjects and will be invited to select the subjects you wish to continue with in Years 3 and 4. You will be introduced to research methods used in the social sciences, and deal with research design and data analysis. In politics, political thought and international politics are covered.

Page – 187

Year 3 As well as a module in research methods, you will select from topics such as Scottish and American politics, political ideologies, politics and religion, urban regeneration and the European Union. There is an option to take a work-related learning module during this year. Year 4 (Honours) You will select modules in specific aspects of the politics discipline, including Democracy, Nationalism, Political Islam, Irish Politics and UK Political History. You will also be required to complete a dissertation of your own choice on a particular aspect of politics. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS This degree provides transferable skills appropriate to a wide range of employment. It will prepare students for work in the public, private and voluntary sectors in managerial, planning and policy analysis positions, and in teaching in both primary and secondary education. Graduates have secured employment with MPs/MSPs and within political parties. Others have gone on to further study with PhD research.

Entry UCAS L310 P BA/SS Campus Paisley – can be studied as part of a joint degree title. School Social Sciences Contact Stephen Elstub 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Please see page 186 for details.


Social Sciences

Psychology^ Study the human mind and behaviour in this professionally accredited course – your first step towards becoming a Chartered Psychologist.

ABOUT THE COURSE Psychology develops your understanding of individual and group behaviour. You will study findings, theories and methods in psychology with particular reference to how they apply to everyday life and gain a range of additional skills such as data gathering and analysis, report writing and IT skills. Psychology is available as a single or joint subject degree at Paisley Campus. The degree offers flexibility and students can choose specialist elective modules with topics including adolescent employment, dyslexia, exercise engagement, autism, environmental psychology and many more. Students have access to specialist facilities such as a professional quality audiovisual interaction suite and biofeedback recording equipment depending on the module chosen. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE It is possible to study a work-related learning module during this course. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 (Foundation Programme) In Years 1 and 2 you will study psychology alongside a number of other key areas in the social sciences including sociology, social policy, social history, and politics. You are also introduced to the use of information technology in social science and begin to acquire the skills necessary to become critical and reflective learners through the ‘Becoming a Social Scientist’ module. Year 2 You will select the subjects you wish to continue with in Years 3 and 4 and cover research methods used in the social sciences, including research design and data analysis.

Page – 188

Year 3 You will focus on the core areas of the discipline including developmental, social, biological and cognitive psychology. In addition, students study the methods of investigation, data gathering and data analysis used in psychology. You will also have the opportunity to choose a specialist area of study in psychology (options include environmental psychology, applied behaviour analysis, culture and childhood, and psychology and emotion). There is an option of a workrelated learning module where your own work experiences are used to provide insights into psychology. Year 4 (Honours) You will cover core modules in personality and individual differences, and theory in psychology (including health psychology, psychology and education, counselling psychology, forensic psychology, cross-cultural psychology and organisational psychology). There is also opportunity to choose further topics in applied psychology. You also get the opportunity to select your own research topic, develop a project and carry out your own research in your final year dissertation project. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Psychology offers preparation for a professional career and for postgraduate training in clinical, educational, forensic and occupational psychology. Some psychology graduates use their degree as a route into employment in personnel, marketing, public relations or the civil service. A careers event is held annually offering students the chance to network with relevant organisations. Some graduates choose to go on to study for a PhD.

Entry UCAS L310 P BA/SS Campus Paisley (as a single subject or joint degree). School Social Sciences Contact Jim McKechnie 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk ^NB The Psychology content of the BA and BSc programme (page 176) is identical: the appropriate programme depends upon students’ academic background and the other subjects they wish to study ie BA for social science related, or BSc for science related study.

PROFESSIONAL EXEMPTIONS The Single subject BA Hons Psychology degree is recognised by the British Psychological Society as conferring eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartership (GBC), which is the first step towards becoming a Chartered Psychologist. To gain GBC you will need a minimum of a lower second class Honours degree and to have gained a pass in your final year project.

Please see page 186 for details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Social Sciences

Social Policy Social policy is concerned with the ways in which different societies conceive of, organise, pay for and deliver welfare benefits and services to a range of groups and individuals. ABOUT THE COURSE It involves the study of how social issues and problems are defined and responded to by policy makers and the impact of public policies on citizenship, inequality, social justice and the distribution of resources within society. Social policy draws on academic and research literature to engage with public debates about rights, entitlements and responsibilities. Year 1 In the first year, social policy sits within the general social sciences foundation programme alongside the introductory modules on politics, sociology, psychology, economics and becoming a critical, reflective learner. The first year module, Development of Social Policy, explores the changing shape and priorities of British social welfare policy in historical perspective. It charts the emergence of citizenship and the development of social rights to welfare and explores the ways which major social divisions of British society impact on and structure the organisation and shape of welfare interventions. It addresses important questions about who gets included, who gets excluded and, crucially, why. Year 2 You will study the module Social Policy and Social Change. This explores the ways social change impacts on and structures the organisation of social welfare. If you choose to study social policy in Year 3 you will also take the Theories of Welfare module. This examines the principles, concepts and theories underpinning different models of welfare provision. All students on the course are required to study the Social Science Research Methods module. Year 3 You will study Social Issues and Policy Responses and engage with a problem-solving approach to contemporary social issues. Page – 189

Recognising the debates around particular issues, you are encouraged to assess government policy responses critically and consider alternative approaches to contemporary ‘problems’ in society and the various factors that influence policy-making. The issues that are explored vary from year to year and include asylum and immigration policy; homelessness and begging; young people and antisocial behaviour; and many more. There is also an opportunity to study additional elective modules including: Criminal Justice Policy, Community Care Policy, Housing Policy and Social Policy and Social Justice. Students wanting to specialise in social policy and complete a dissertation in the subject at Honours level will also take a Methodology and Methods (Social Policy) module. This aims to support students in understanding and critically evaluating published research and equip them with the knowledge and skills necessary to carry out their own independent social policy research. Year 4 (Honours) You will complete a dissertation on a particular aspect of social policy, supported by an individual subject supervisor. In addition, you will choose from elective modules including: Comparative Social Policy, Family Life and Social Welfare, Health Care Policy and Welfare Policy and Work. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates are equipped for employment in a wide range of occupations in the public, voluntary and private welfare sectors and as social researchers, as well as for further professional training in social work, teaching, careers guidance and public service management.

Entry UCAS L310 P BA/SS Campus Paisley – can only be studied as part of a Joint degree title. School Social Sciences Contact Lynne Poole 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Please see page 186 for details.


Social Sciences

Sociology Get to grips with the diverse forces that shape our society. This degree offers you the opportunity to study subjects such as family, gender, crime, ethnicity and health – important issues which impact on the world in which we live today. ABOUT THE COURSE Sociology is concerned with analysing the nature of modern society. The issues studied include the sources of inequality and how it affects our lives, the changing roles of men and women in the workplace and the family, and national identity in an increasingly globalised world. Students study these and other issues using a range of sociological theories and perspectives, and analyse them with a range of qualitative and quantitative research methods.

Year 2 Students select the subjects they wish to continue with in Years 3 and 4 and cover research methods used in the social sciences, including research design and data analysis.

YOUR LEARNING Year 1 (Foundation Programme) The first year is a common foundation programme with a range of social science subjects covered. Sociology in Year 1 focuses on the social structure of modern Britain, introducing sociological theories and concepts in relation to particular institutional areas such as crime, health and poverty. In addition to Sociology, you will also study: Psychology, Politics and Social Policy. Psychology is concerned with explaining human behaviour, both individual and collective, and applying that understanding in a range of settings. Politics provides an introduction to contrasting ideas about the aims and goals of political organisations and an overview of modern British political institutions. Social Policy provides an historical and developmental overview of British welfare policy from the poor law to the present day.

Year 4 (Honours) Students study social theory and further modules in specific aspects of sociology, such as class and culture, migration and social welfare. Students also complete a dissertation on a particular aspect of sociology.

Students are also introduced to the use of information technology in social science and begin to acquire the skills necessary to become critical and reflective learners through the ‘Becoming a Social Scientist’ module.

Page – 190

Year 3 Sociology offers modules in a wide range of areas such as the family, gender, crime in society, Scottish society, health, ethnicity, and industrial relations. Students also study sociological research methods.

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates are equipped for employment or further professional training in the social services, public and private sector management, the careers and employment services, central and local government, and Modern Studies teaching.

Entry UCAS L310 P BA/SS Campus Paisley (as a single subject or joint degree). School Social Sciences Contact Darryl Gunson 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Please see page 186 for details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Social Sciences

Social Work Social workers play a crucial role in improving people’s lives – this four year professionally recognised programme will give you the practical skills and knowledge to operate in this dynamic and challenging field. ABOUT THE COURSE The University has offered professional social work education combined with an Honours degree for over three decades. The course is designed in collaboration with employers and service users and combines academic and professional qualifications to prepare you for entry to this rewarding and demanding career. It meets the requirements of the Scottish Government and has been approved by the Scottish Social Services Council, so at graduation your Honours degree will act as the professional qualification to the social work profession. The qualification promotes professional development in relation to knowledge and understanding, skills and abilities, and ethical and personal commitment. Lecturers are registered social workers with expertise across all areas of social work practice. During the programme guest lecturers are invited to present to students. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Practice learning is an integral part of each year of study and offers you the opportunity to apply your academic learning in varied practice settings. Each student will undertake a total of two hundred days practice learning in both traditional and innovative social work settings. Many opportunities involve inter-professional learning. Assessed practice in Years 3 and 4 will be supervised by qualified practice teachers. Placements are varied and wide ranging from social work area teams, prisons, children’s units or residential schools, hospitals, hospices, addiction teams, women’s support and women’s aid, community mental health teams etc.

Page – 191

YOUR LEARNING Year 1 Year 1 includes the study of politics, sociology, psychology and social policy and social work modules introducing ideas about the nature of social work, and discrimination and disadvantage. You also undertake ten days inpractice learning.

Entry UCAS Dumfries L500 D BA/SW Paisley L500 P BA/SW Campus Dumfries, Paisley School Social Sciences

Year 2 Year 2 includes lifespan development and social work law as well as introduction to social work practice and a module in communication skills. You will also complete twenty days in-practice learning.

Duration BA Hons 4 years

Year 3 Year 3 includes modules dealing with reflective social work practice, social work with children and families, criminal justice social work and a module on health and disability. You will complete an eighty day period of assessed practice learning.

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS Graduates have an excellent reputation with employers. Professionally qualified social work graduates find employment in local authority social services; the voluntary or independent sectors; in health or education. They may work in a variety of settings providing services in relation to children and families, community care or criminal justice.

Year 4 (Honours) Year 4 provides for students’ continuing development as professional workers through modules in critical and radical social work theory and practice and working in organisations. You also complete a social work dissertation and will undertake ninety days assessed practice learning. PROTECTING VULNERABLE GROUPS SCHEME (PVG SCHEME) Applicants will be required to join the Protecting Vulnerable Groups Scheme (PVG Scheme), managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. For more information on the PVG Scheme please refer to www.scotland.gov.uk

Contact Anne Ritchie 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION The programme meets the requirements of the Scottish Government and has been approved by the Scottish Social Services Council (SSSC). REGISTRATION WITH THE SCOTTISH SOCIAL SERVICES COUNCIL (SSSC) Successful applicants will be required to register with the SSSC.

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBB plus SQA Standard Grade English and Maths (Grade 2, or above). GCE A Levels: CCC, plus GCSE English and Maths. Entry may be possible with: SQA HNC: Relevant subject such as Social Sciences or Social Care (Grade B, or above, in Graded Unit), plus SQA Standard Grade (or equivalent) English and Maths (Grade 2, or above). BTEC Level 4 HNC: Relevant subject such as Social Sciences or Social Care plus GCSE (or equivalent) English and Maths. Additional info Advanced entry to Years 2 and 3 of the Social Work programme will be considered on an individual basis if applicants have completed the same, or equivalent, modules as the ones for which they are seeking exemption and can demonstrate substantial social work practice experience. NB Early application for this programme is advisable. Applicants who meet, or are working towards, the academic entry requirements will be selected by University lecturers and practising social workers to confirm their readiness for social work education in terms of experience and interpersonal skills. Please note: The University is committed to providing social work education for mature applicants and those with caring commitments. We welcome applications from a wide range of people.


Sport and Exercise

Get ahead in the exciting and expanding health, fitness, leisure, and sport industries. Our growing portfolio of courses integrate biological and behavioural approaches to enhancing human health and performance.

Page – 192


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 193


“There have been countless opportunities to get involved and gain new experiences; for me that has included Lead 2014, the Olympics and general events management experience. The skills I’ve gained on this course coupled with workplace experience will definitely help in my quest for future work.” Preeti Jassal Sport Development Student

Page – 194


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Page – 195


Sport and Exercise Section contents

SPORT AND EXERCISE AT UWS

Sport and Exercise Science^

198

Sport Coaching^

199

Sport Development*

200

Our courses, which are developed in conjunction with the professions, integrate biological and behavioural approaches to enhancing human health and performance. With extensive links with professional bodies; excellent facilities; and teaching from staff who have experience of working with major sporting bodies, you will study coursework that emphasises breadth and depth of content, scientific methodology, and intellectualism for lifelong learning, thinking and action. LEARN FROM THE EXPERTS UWS academics have a wealth of sporting expertise, many with international profiles in science, health and sport and experience with organisations such as the Olympic and Commonwealth bodies and the Welsh Rugby Union. Their expertise means you’ll be taught by staff with a wealth of knowledge across a range of disciplines. We also work with a range of partners including Glasgow School of Sport, the Scottish Football Association and have links with organisations such as Sports Scotland, BASES, UK Sport and many more. UWS recently hosted a prestigious Lead 2014 conference at Hamilton Campus which saw secondary school young leaders being mentored by UWS academics and student tutors, in how to plan, organise and manage a Commonwealth Games themed sports festival. Lead 2014, a partnership between sportscotland, Youth Sports Trust, and Glasgow 2014, aims to develop skills of youth leaders in the build up to the Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth Games. The intention is to use sport as a springboard to hone and develop leadership ability among young people and in turn provide an opportunity for children across the region to engage with the Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth Games.

Page – 196

FIRST-CLASS FACILITIES The Institute for Clinical Exercise and Health Science provides the underpinning science for our courses. Newly developed facilities, spanning four floors of the Almada building at Hamilton Campus, is equipped to carry out cutting-edge research and deliver state-of-theart instruction. Labs and learning areas include an exercise physiology laboratory, strength and conditioning laboratory, exercise biochemistry laboratory, blood analysis laboratory, EMG-ECG-Ultrasound laboratory, biomechanics laboratory, social psychology laboratory, a computer laboratory equipped with the latest in student research and learning software, along with a traditional sports hall. Students can have supervised access and experience with: • health assessment • ergometric fitness assessment • protein analysis in blood and tissues • RNA and DNA analysis • electromyography, electrocardiography, and ultrasonography • sports event management • commercial fitness practice • community fitness intervention • sport performance analysis • social and psychological analysis • coaching practice


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

At Paisley Campus there are extensive facilities providing for a wide range of indoor and outdoor activities. Inside the Centre for Sports Studies, there’s a lecture room, sports hall, fitness suite, changing and showering facilities and a medical room. It’s all here, whether your pursuits are badminton, martial arts or muscle testing. Outdoors, three floodlit allweather pitches, full-sized turf pitches and a training area cater for, primarily, football, gaelic football, rugby and hockey. There’s also a scenic jogging route around the area. In addition we operate a Sports Injury Clinic and an Exercise Physiology Laboratory. EMPLOYABILITY UWS sport and exercise graduates build careers in the commercial fitness and leisure industry; in professional sports coaching; specialist sports development; and also practice as exercise scientists. Other employment prospects for UWS graduates include preparation for further study leading to employment as a physical education teacher, exercise and health development officer, active schools co-ordinator, health promotion officer, and lifestyle officer.

Page – 197

RESEARCH WITH REALWORLD IMPACT Some of our recent research activity includes – • UWS research which has challenged current dietary advice and emphasises the need for people to consume more natural fats. • Independent research of a new product to aid teenagers’ fitness. The Shoogle is an instability trainer that helps to tone the core and lower body while raising the heart rate to the ‘fat burning zone’. SUPPORTING YOU At UWS you’ll get the support you need to succeed in your studies. Our open door approach and friendly environment means that you’ll be well supported to achieve your ambitions. Language options It may be possible to study a foreign language – French, German or Spanish – as part of your course, and use this to enhance your prospects in the job market by adding foreign language skills to your CV. For more information see our website.

*At time of print this programme is being validated and is subject to final University approval. ^At time of print this programme is being revalidated and is subject to final University approval.

Opportunities for you Practical experience and part-time options are highlighted in course entries – see key below.

PRACTICal EXPERIENCE Work-based learning or placement may be available as part of your programme – see course entries for details.

PART-TIME OPTIONS Many UWS courses are offered part-time – see course entries for details.


Sport and Exercise

Sport and Exercise Science* This course – which includes work placement – prepares students to become scientists capable of professional practice within the sports and exercise professions, by developing the ability to synthesise scientific data into useful and meaningful information in support of athletes, coaches, exercisers, health promotion practitioners, and exercise rehabilitation practitioners. ABOUT THE COURSE Academically prepared sport and exercise scientists play an essential role in improving the nation’s health and well-being. The degree aims to produce scientists with skills that are valuable to future employers within the sport and exercise industries. Students will have the opportunity to develop essential skills and techniques for data analysis, presentation of findings, and in translation into practice. Areas of study include the traditional topics of anatomy, biomechanics, nutrition, physiology, psychology, and sociology. It also covers practical study in physical activity and health, strength and conditioning, and exercise in chronic disease. Students gain up-to-date professional skills central to the development of our understanding about the fundamental nature of human health, fitness, and performance across the spectrum of human populations. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE In addition to opportunities within the activities of the Institute for Clinical Exercise & Health Science students will also engage in work placements with one of our partner employers. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 The first year delivers a broad introduction to the essential subjects that underpin all sport, exercise and health professions. Module topics include introductory anatomy, physiology, practical statistics, professional writing, teaching exercise, commercial fitness, and health and fitness issues across the lifespan. Year 2 This is a continuation of year one, with the essential subjects studied in more depth. The anatomy of Page – 198

movement, biology of exercise and adaptation, health and environment, teaching exercise, psychosocial aspects of exercise, commercial fitness, and the first introduction to worksite learning are all included. Year 3 Study becomes specialised and more focused on scientific applications in sport, exercise and health. Specific topics include biomechanics, advanced physiology, nutrition, exercise psychology, a second worksite learning experience, and research methods. Year 4 (Honours) You will also undertake an honours dissertation, a year long conducted study or other academic work in a specialisation within sport and exercise science. Topics such as exercise and chronic disease, human movement analysis, applied physiology, and exercise and health epidemiology are all covered. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS As a graduate, you will be multiskilled and equipped to provide science support in the sport, exercise, and health industries, with opportunities also in local authorities, professional sport, and government organisations. Alternatively, you may decide to continue your studies by pursuing postgraduate study. PROTECTING VULNERABLE GROUPS SCHEME (PVG SCHEME) Applicants may be required to join the Protecting Vulnerable Groups Scheme (PVG Scheme), managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. For more information on the PVG Scheme please refer to www.scotland.gov.uk

Entry UCAS C602 H BSc/ASE Campus Hamilton School Science Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years Contact Dr Duncan Buchan 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, to include English and PE and preferably a science subject, plus SQA Standard Grade (Grade 3, or above)/Intermediate 2 in English, Maths, Biology and Chemistry. GCE A-Levels: CCC, to include one science subject, plus GCSE English, Maths and Chemistry. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC. GCE A-Levels: BBC. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC: Applied Sport & Exercise Science. Fitness, Health & Exercise also considered. Entry may be possible with: SQA HND/BTEC Level 5 HND: related discipline. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. Year 3 SQA HND (Graded Unit at B, or above)/ BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree: Applied Sport & Exercise Science. Fitness, Health & Exercise also considered. Additional Info All applicants will be expected to submit a strong personal statement and reference. All applicants are expected to have the equivalent of SQA Standard Grade (Grade 3, or above)/Intermediate 2 in English, Maths, Biology and Chemistry. Applicants may be invited to attend an interview and may be assessed on a piece of academic writing. *At time of print this programme is being revalidated and is subject to final University approval.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Sport and Exercise

Sport Coaching* At its roots, coaching is a collective set of knowledge, skills, and abilities used to improve performance in a variety of sports contexts. The programme at UWS is student centred and includes a rigorous pre-professional academic course of study, work-based learning, access to high level coaching mentors, and focused research experiences within the sports arena. It will equip you with the skills to undertake coaching leadership roles within community and other professional sport coaching environments. ABOUT THE COURSE The course places a great deal of emphasis on presenting the integrative biological, physical, psychological, social theories of coaching practice along with developing a fuller understanding of the professions, responsibilities and strategies. The degree was developed in consultation with local, national and international sporting bodies to ensure relevant content. As a result of the close alliance, workplace opportunities may be available and you could work towards sport-specific National Governing Body (NGB) awards. Learning takes place in the classroom and in work-based environments to enhance understanding of effective coaching practice. The programme is coherent with the structure of the UK Coaching Certificate (UKCC) and there is the opportunity to gain individual accreditation with the British Association of Sport & Exercise Sciences (BASES). YOUR LEARNING Year 1 The first year of study is common to all programmes offered within the Sport and Exercise subject group and provides an introduction to essential subjects. Module topics include introductory anatomy, physiology, practical statistics, professional writing, teaching exercise, commercial fitness, and health and fitness issues across the lifespan.

Page – 199

Year 2 You will continue to study essential subjects in more depth.The anatomy of movement, biology of exercise and adaptation, health and environment, teaching exercise, psychosocial aspects of exercise, commercial fitness, and the first introduction to worksite learning are all included. Year 3 The exploration of sport coaching becomes more specialised and focused on practical applications. Specific topics include social and psychological aspects of coaching, nutritional considerations of exercise and sport, strength and conditioning theory and practice, means of developing athletes, a second worksite learning experience, and research methods. Worksite learning comprises a workrelated learning module offering students the chance of relevant work experience. This is achieved through supervised project work/ industry brief; or by working in an environment relevant to your study; or through credit gained from existing employment in a relevant area. Year 4 (Honours) Individual and team coaching practice, development of athletes and coaches, additional theory and practice in athletic fitness development, prevention and management of athletic injury, and an in-depth study of the professional dynamics between athlete-coachadministrator are covered. Students undertake an honours dissertation, a year-long student conducted study or other academic work in a specialisation within sport coaching.

Entry UCAS CX6C H BSc/SpC Campus Hamilton School Science Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years Contact Julie Mason 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS As a graduate, you will be multiskilled and equipped to provide sport coaching support and leadership in any professional coaching environment, community sport, professional sport, or fitness industries. Such opportunities for employment can be found in local authorities, professional sports teams, health promotion interventions within government, and commercial fitness enterprises. PROTECTING VULNERABLE GROUPS SCHEME (PVG SCHEME) Applicants will be required to join the Protecting Vulnerable Groups Scheme (PVG Scheme), managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. For more information on the PVG Scheme please refer to www.scotland.gov.uk

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC, to include English and PE and preferably a science subject. GCE A-Levels: CCC, to include English and PE and preferably a science subject. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Mature applicants, without these formal qualifications, who can demonstrate relevant experience of and/or an interest in sport coaching or voluntary leadership, may be considered for entry. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC. GCE A-Levels: BBC. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC/CertHE: Sport Coaching with Sport Development; Fitness, Health & Exercise; or related subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Year 3 SQA HND (Graded Unit at B, or above)/ BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree/DipHE: Sport Coaching with Sport Development; Fitness Health and Exercise. Additional Info Ideally, all applicants are expected to have achieved a pass in SQA Standard Grade/Intermediate 2 (or equivalent) Maths (Grade 3, or above). Applicants may be invited to attend an interview and may be assessed on a piece of academic writing. Applicants to Year 3 should note that they may be required to complete our ‘Next Steps’ module. This is a 20-credit module delivered over the summer, prior to commencement of the course. Year 2 or Year 3 entry may be possible for mature applicants who can demonstrate the following: Level 3, or above, coaching award, A demonstrable history of attending professional development short courses delivered by an NGB, Sports Coach UK, or other agency, Significant coaching experience, Evidence of having achieved a Community Sport Leaders Award, a recognised National Governing Body Award, or United Coaching Certificate Level 1 qualification (UKCC L1) is preferred. *At time of print this programme is being revalidated and is subject to final University approval.


Sport and Exercise

Sport Development* This UWS degree is the only course of its type in Scotland and is designed to cover the key aspects of sport development. Throughout the programme there is a strong emphasis on work-based learning and developing the practical skills relevant to the modern sports, health and fitness industries. Graduates will be able to work independently and undertake programme leadership in a sport development setting. ABOUT THE COURSE The course develops skills and knowledge to enable you to design strategies and programmes leading to the creation and achievement of policy-based goals: such as increased community participation, improved health, developing youth talent etc. The major factors relevant to sport development are covered – professional and ethical practice, social and psychological aspects of sport and exercise, scientific elements of exercise and sport performance, and sport and fitness management. Developed in consultation with national sport organisations, national governing bodies, sport development officers and expert coaches; the programme boasts strong links to industry which are reflected in course design, work experience opportunity, and the employment outlook for UWS students. Theory and practice are covered to develop a fuller understanding of the profession. Guest speakers are invited to participate in teaching activities and lectures, previously this has included representatives from Sportscotland, Scottish Football Association, Active Schools, Scottish Rugby League, and Glasgow Warriors. YOUR LEARNING Year 1 The first year of study is common to all programmes offered with the Sport and Exercise subject group and delivers an introduction to the essential subjects. Module topics include introductory anatomy, physiology, practical statistics, professional writing, teaching exercise, commercial fitness, and health and fitness issues across the lifespan.

Page – 200

Year 2 This is a continuation of year one, with essential subjects studied in more depth. The anatomy of movement, biology of exercise and adaptation, health and environment, teaching exercise, psychosocial aspects of exercise, commercial fitness, and the first introduction to worksite learning are all included. Year 3 The study of sport development becomes more specialised and focused on practical applications. Specific topics include project management, methods of delivering sport development, health and exercise in sport development practice, a second worksite learning experience, and research methods. Year 4 (Honours) Event management, promotional aspects, sport development practice, and admistrator-coach relationships are covered. You will also undertake an honours dissertation, a year-long student conducted study or other academic work in a specialisation within sport development. OUR CAREERS ADVISER SAYS As a graduate, you will be multiskilled and equipped to provide sport development support and leadership in the sport, exercise, and fitness industries. Opportunities for employment can be found in local authorities, professional sport, commercial fitness, and government organisations. PROTECTING VULNERABLE GROUPS SCHEME (PVG SCHEME) Applicants will be required to join the Protecting Vulnerable Groups Scheme (PVG Scheme), managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. For more information on the PVG Scheme please refer to www.scotland.gov.uk

Entry UCAS C600 H BA/SD Campus Hamilton School Science Duration BSc 3 years BSc Hons 4 years Contact James Adams 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk

“The course has enhanced my knowledge and understanding of sport. Lecturers are friendly and approachable and I’d recommend UWS and the Sports Development course to anyone interested in this area.”

Scott Chaplain BA (Hons) Sport Development student

Year 1 SQA Highers: BBBC; preferably including English and PE. GCE A-Levels: CCC, preferably including English and PE. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 24 points. Year 2 SQA Advanced Highers: BCC. GCE A-Levels: BBC. SQA HNC/BTEC Level 4 HNC/CertHE: Sport Coaching with Sport Development; Health & Fitness; Sport & Recreation Management; or relevant subject. BTEC Extended Diploma: DDM. International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma: 28 points. Year 3 SQA HND (Graded Unit at Grade B, or above). BTEC Level 5 HND/Foundation Degree/DipHE: Sport Coaching with Sport Development; Health and Fitness; Sport and Recreation Management. Additional Info In addition to your academic qualifications, your application will also be assessed on your interests, experience, other relevant qualifications; and academic reference. Ideally, all applicants are expected to have achieved a pass in SQA Standard Grade/Intermediate 2 (or equivalent) Maths (Grade 3, or above). Applicants may be invited to attend an interview and may be assessed on a piece of academic writing. Applicants to Year 3 should note that they may be required to complete our ‘Next Steps’ module. This is a 20-credit module delivered over the summer, prior to commencement of the course. Year 2 or Year 3 entry may be possible for mature applicants who can demonstrate the following: Level 3, or above, coaching award, A demonstrable history of attending professional development short courses delivered by an NGB, Sports Coach UK, or other agency, Significant coaching experience, Evidence of having achieved a Community Sport Leaders Award, a recognised National Governing Body Award, or United Coaching Certificate Level 1 qualification (UKCC L1) is preferred. *At time of print this programme is subject to final University approval.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

“Studying at UWS has given me the opportunity to be a student ambassador for Lead 2014. To be able to participate in such a great event has been a wonderful experience. Lead 2014 has been fun and I’ve learned a lot, and having it on my CV will help me in the future.” Alan Wright

Sport Development student

Page – 201


Applying to UWS

Applications HOW TO APPLY – UCAS All applications for entry to full-time Honours degree, Degree, Diploma and CertHE programmes, starting in September 2014, should be submitted through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). This includes applications to the second and subsequent years of programmes. For UCAS information on courses, advice and support, or to apply visit www.ucas.com UCAS CONTACT DETAILS UCAS Rosehill, New Barn Lane Cheltenham Gloucestershire GL52 3LZ tel 0871 468 0468 (0044 871 468 0468) e-mail enquiries@ucas.ac.uk web www.ucas.com The UCAS website has lots of helpful FAQs and you can link to Facebook, Twitter and UCAStv. WHEN TO APPLY Applications should reach UCAS between 1 September 2013 and 15 January 2014. A conditional offer can be made at an early stage subject to the required qualifications being gained. Applications sent after 15 January 2014 will be considered if there are suitable vacancies. You can select up to five programmes. University of the West of Scotland’s institution code is U40. Information on individual course codes and campus/locations details are listed on the UCAS website, or call University Direct for details. A fee of £23 must be sent with your completed UCAS form. Alternatively, you can enter one choice only on the UCAS form and pay a reduced fee of £12. Please check the UCAS website for more information on the application process and application cost.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS TO UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES For admission to degree programmes, applicants should possess as a minimum, passes in five subjects to include three at Scottish Higher Grade C or above; or passes in five subjects to include two at GCE Advanced Level; or an appropriate award of the SQA, Edexcel, the AQA or OCR; or Irish Leaving Certificate with five subjects at Grade C, or above, to include at least three subjects at the Higher level; or other equivalent qualifications acceptable to the University. All applicants are expected to provide evidence of proficiency in Mathematics and English, usually at least at Scottish Standard Grade 1, 2 or 3 (or equivalent), (New Scottsh National 4 and 5 qualifications). In addition to standard qualifications, such as Highers, Advanced Highers and A-Levels, UWS will consider other combinations of qualifications and experience, such as International Baccalaureate, Scottish Baccalaureate, Professional Development Awards and Youth Achievement Awards, in support of your application, including application for advanced entry. Competition for places means that qualifications above the minimum pass standard are usually required to gain admission to a programme. Further details of entrance requirements are given under the relevant course entries in this prospectus. ADVANCED ENTRY the Advanced Higher is recognised for admissions purposes and for certain programmes the University will consider applicants with a combination of Highers/Advanced Highers or AS Levels/A-Levels in certain subjects for Year 2 entry. • the University will accept HNC/ HND qualifications as a means of entry, based either on specific grades in the graded units or on merits. •

Please note that HNC applicants will be considered for Year 2 entry and will be allowed to enter Year 2 only if they have a 15 unit HNC or a 12 unit HNC plus have completed the “Next Steps to University” module or equivalent. Applicants with a HNC/D may wish to take the “Next Steps at University” module which is specifically designed for college students who are continuing their studies to degree level. Further details are available from the Lifelong Learning Academy on 0141 848 3193 (44 141 848 3193). Entry requirements are intended only as a guide and other factors may also be taken into account when your application is considered. For advice on entrance requirements and the suitability of your planned programme of study contact University Direct on 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK).

Page – 202

SCOTTISH WIDER ACCESS PROGRAMME As part of our commitment to widening access to courses, the University is a participating member of the Scottish Wider Access Programme (SWAP). SWAP provides an alternative route into Higher Education through a one year full-time access course guaranteeing entry to Higher Education for successful candidates. For more information about SWAP call 0141 553 2471 or e-mail swapwest@ scottishwideraccess.org or contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK). Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) Scotland is reforming its curriculum for young people aged 3-18. Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) aims to make learning more relevant to the modern world and give young people the skills, knowledge and understanding they need to succeed in learning, life and work, ultimately helping young people to take their place in modern society and community. UWS embraces the new national qualifications that have been developed as part of Curriculum for Excellence, and we look forward to receiving applications from the first cohort in 2015. In the meantime UWS shall continue to review our academic entry requirements accordingly. Please visit the SQA website at www. sqa.org.uk for more information on Curriculum for Excellence. Further updates on the Curriculum for Excellence will be published on the University website when available.

INTERNATIONAL APPLICATIONS International students should apply for full-time undergraduate programmes online through Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). You should apply independently unless your school or college is registered with UCAS. You can access all the information required at www.ucas. com – however if you do not have access to the internet, you can contact UCAS at the address listed under UCAS Contact Details on this page. We have a number of overseas recruitment representatives who can provide advice, free of charge, on making your application to the University and on the process involved in obtaining a student visa. Visit our website for full details of our in-country representatives at: http://www.uws. ac.uk/official_representatives Please note, all applications from prospective students in Nigeria, including those sent directly to the University, are handled by British Canadian International Education Ltd (BCIE) – our appointed representative in Nigeria. All applicant data is therefore shared with BCIE. For more details on BCIE visit www.bcie.co.uk Applicants resident overseas should not leave their home country in order to attend the University until they have received an unconditional offer of admission and their Confirmation of Acceptance of Studies (CAS) to allow them to apply for their visa. As the level of overseas tuition fees is substantial, prospective students should check the amount of these fees for the duration of their study, and the maintenance costs to cover books, accommodation and living expenses should also be considered. Visa and immigration matters in the UK are dealt with by the Home Office of the UK Government. For details of the visa regulations and processes, visit the UK Home Office at www.ukba.homeoffice.gov.uk For information on tuition fees please see page 205 or visit our website at www.uws.ac.uk/internationalfinance The University has also introduced a tuition fee deposit of £3500 for NonEU applicants. For more information on this please visit our website. The University has a new online payment facility allowing students to pay the tuition fee deposit of £3500, remaining tuition fees, or University accommodation by debit or credit card. The online payment facility will allow you to make a single, one-off payment or you can set up a recurring payment in the same way as a direct debit. This method allows you to print a receipt for your reference and you will receive an e-mail confirmation of your payment details. Payments can also be made by cash/bank transfer.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

International students – advanced entry to UWS degree programmes Our close working relationships with a number of EU and international partners on course development and articulation help to widen the range of opportunities for our international students. If you’ve already gained, or are working towards an award at your own institution you may be able to use it for entry to Year 3 or 4 of a related UWS degree. The list below* shows examples of international qualifications (based on ECTS points or equivalent) which can be used to gain advanced entry to a related UWS degree programme. Please contact us at international@ uws.ac.uk and we can assist you with qualification enquiries and equivalencies. • China

3-year degree/Diploma/HND Diplôme d’Etudes Universitaires Générales (DEUG)/ Diplôme Universitaire de Technologie (DUT)/Diplôme d’Etat de Technicien • Germany Fachschulabschluss • India Advanced Diploma/HND • Pakistan 2-year BCom/3-year degree/ HND/DipHE/Advanced Diploma • Poland Licencjat/Inzynier • France

*qualifications listed above are currently under review – contact international@uws.ac.uk for details. INTERNATIONAL FOUNDATION PROGRAMME – SCOTLAND Students from overseas may be interested to note that the University is involved in the International Foundation Programme – Scotland (IFPS) which provides access to the degree courses offered by Scottish universities, and certain participating colleges. There is a wide range of foundation programmes offered for international students to give them solid preparation for undergraduate study at university in Scotland. Specialised programmes and expert advice are offered to IFPS students. For further details contact: International Foundation Programme – Scotland Clydebank College College Square Queens Quay Clydebank Glasgow G81 1BF tel 44 (0)141 951 7668 e-mail International@clydebank.ac.uk web www.clydebank.ac.uk/international

Page – 203

MATURE APPLICANTS We welcome applications from mature students and may take work experience and relevant professional training into account when making a decision on application. SCOTTISH BAPTIST COLLEGE APPLICATIONS The Scottish Baptist College is located on Paisley Campus and its programmes are validated by the University. Courses on offer include the Degree of Bachelor of Divinity in Theology and Pastoral Studies, and the Graduate Diploma in Pastoral Studies with Work Based Learning. The College is the primary denominational training facility for ministry in Scottish Baptist churches, but is increasingly attracting nonBaptists who are looking to train for full-time ministry, chaplaincy or RE teaching. The College also offers a range of part-time courses, both on-site and in churches. For further information, visit www.scottishbaptistcollege.org or give the College a call on 44 (0) 141 848 3988 or e-mail scottishbaptistcollege@uws.ac.uk

YOUR APPLICATION SCHEDULE Dates for applications are currently being reviewed by UCAS, you should visit www.ucas.com for further up-dates. 2013 April onwards • contact University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) or e-mail uni-direct@uws.ac.uk for advice on options and relevant information sessions. May–June school and college exam periods across the UK.

STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES Applicants should contact the appropriate admissions staff listed if they require further information about their chosen course of study. Applicants are also advised to contact the Enabling Support Team via the Student Link, who support students with disabilities and specific learning difficulties, such as dyslexia. It is important that the University is notified of students’ disabilities in advance, to allow individual support arrangements to be discussed prior to commencement of studies.

August • exam results out.

More information about the service can be found online at www. uws.ac.uk/enablingsupport

1 September UCAS starts accepting applications online at www.ucas.com

Ayr CAMPUS Contact 44 (0)1292 886267 enablingsupport.ayr@uws.ac.uk

Once you’ve submitted your application, you’ll receive a welcome letter from UCAS confirming your details, the courses applied for and your personal ID number which you will need to track the progress of your application at www.ucas.com

Dumfries CAMPUS Contact 44 (0)1387 734279 studentservices-dumfries@uws.ac.uk

October 2013 – UWS Open Days Ayr Thurs 10 Oct 2013 (3-7pm) Dumfries Thurs 3 Oct 2013 (3-7pm) Hamilton Tue 8 Oct 2013 (3-7pm) Paisley Tue 1 Oct 2013 (3-7pm) www.uws.ac.uk/opendays 2014 15 January • this is the recommended UCAS deadline for applications. April/May universities and colleges must have sent decisions on all applications received by 15 January.

Mid May applicants must make their decisions on first choice of institution and insurance choice.

30 June last date for receipt of applications for immediate consideration.

July–September UCAS Clearing.

September University term begins.

Hamilton CAMPUS Contact 44 (0)1698 894448 enablingsupport.hamilton@uws.ac.uk Paisley CAMPUS Contact 44 (0)141 848 3518 enablingsupport.paisley@uws.ac.uk


ENGLISH LANGUAGE requirements ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS It is essential you have a good command of written and spoken English if you wish to succeed in your studies. As a rough guide, an IELTS score of 6 or above (5.5 in each component or a TOEFL (Paper Based Test) score of 550 or above) is acceptable as evidence of proficiency in English. A list of English language requirements accepted by UWS is detailed in the table opposite. Tests should normally be taken no more than two years before admissions date. In addition to satisfying UWS requirements, students applying for a Tier 4 visa to study in the UK must also comply with the guidelines set by the UK Border Agency. Please note that students coming from a nonmajority English speaking country will be required to obtain a Secure English Language Test (SELT).Further information on English Language ability and approved Secure English Language Tests is available at http:// www.ukba.homeoffice.gov.uk/visasimmigration/studying/adult-students/ can-you-apply/english-language/ *UWS entry requirements conform to the UK Home Office list of accepted Secure English Language Test providers. These requirements are subject to University review and updates can be viewed at www.uws.ac.uk/englishlanguage International students who are planning to study at UWS but whose English language skills are slightly lower than the minimum required for direct entry can apply to study English by emailing international@uws.ac.uk The following courses are available within UWS: Summer English Language Courses 8-week Intensive Pre-sessional Course Tuition fee: £2,100*. This course is designed to prepare students with an English language level equivalent to IELTS 5.5 or above (with no less than 5.0 in each component) to enter a degree programme in September. It consists of 28 hours of tuition per week, focusing on academic and business English. 8-week Pre-sessional Course Tuition fee: £1,680*. This course is designed to prepare students with an English language level equivalent to IELTS 5.5 or above (with no less than 5.5 in each component) to enter a degree programme in September. It consists of 22.5 hours of tuition per week, focusing on academic and business English. 4-week Pre-sessional Course Tuition fee: £840*. To all international students whose level of English is equivalent to IELTS 6.0 or above (with no less than 5.5 in each component) and who wish to prepare for academic study in English. It consists of

Page – 204

18 hours of tuition per week, focusing on academic and business English. English Language Foundation Course Tuition fee: £5,400*. The English Language Foundation Course is designed to assist international students to develop their English language proficiency. The course is taught over two trimesters (September–January and February–May) and is available to students with an English language level equivalent to IELTS 4.5 (with no less than 4.5 in each component). Students will also progress onto one of the summer pre-sessional courses, depending on the level of English they have achieved at the end of Trimester 2. Please email international@ uws.ac.uk for more information. Note: These courses are open only to applicants who have an offer to study on a UWS degree programme. *These fees are subject to annual revision and do not include accommodation and other living costs. BRITISH COUNCIL TEACHING CENTRES The British Council is the UK’s international organisation for educational and cultural relations between the UK and the rest of the world. It provides English language courses from 135 outlets in 58 countries world-wide. Visit the British Council website to find out about courses that are available in your own country. If the British Council office in your country does not offer courses in English, it will be able to recommend other English language courses in your own country that you may wish to attend before beginning your studies at UWS. Log on to www. britishcouncil.org for more information.

English language requirements (Please note levels below are subject to review and may be changed shortly). The following qualifications are acceptable: Qualification Minimum requirement International English Language Testing System

Overall score of 6, with no less than 5.5 for each component

TOEFL (Test for English as Foreign Language)

80 (Internet Based Test: IBT) with no less than 17 for listening, 18 for reading, 20 for speaking and 17 for writing 550 (Paper Based Test) 213 (Computer Based Test)

Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English

Grade C

Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English

Grade C

EUROCERT

(See TOEFL)

Institute of Linguists Education Trust (IOL), Pass Examinations in Languages for International Communications (ELIC), Intermediate Diploma International GCSE English as Second Language (Cambridge)

Grade C, based on Extended Curriculum

London Chamber of Commerce English for Business Examination

Third Level

London Chamber of Commerce English for Commerce Examination

Third Level

Scottish International Foundation Programme, English

Grade C

NEAB (JMB) Test in English for Speakers of Other Languages - from March 1990

Pass

Oxford - ARELS Examination (Higher Level)

Credit*

Oxford Examination in English as a Foreign Language (Higher Level)

Credit

Oxford International Business English Certificate

Pass

City & Guilds Pitman (IESOL), Expert or Mastery

Pass

Trinity College London Integrated Skills in English (ISE)

Level III

University of London Certificate of Attainment in English (Graded Tests)

Level 5

TEEP (University of Reading) Test in English for Educational Purposes

6.0

Cambridge CELS Higher

Pass in all 4 skills

SQA ESOL Higher

Grade C

Pearson Test of English Academic

Overall score of 51 (with no less than 51 in each component)

University of the West of Scotland English Language Foundation Course B

Pass

*This is only an oral examination and therefore must be accompanied with the Oxford Examination in English as a Foreign Language at Credit Level.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

Finance SCOTTISH AND EU STUDENTS Applicants normally resident in Scotland or in other EU countries (excluding England, Wales and Northern Ireland) may be eligible for fee payment by the Student Awards Agency for Scotland (SAAS). APPLICATION FOR TUITION FEE PAYMENT You must apply to the Student Awards Agency for Scotland (SAAS) annually for the University to receive tuition fees. Applications can be processed by SAAS from April each year and you are advised to apply at this time. You have until 28th October to supply your award letter or you will be treated as self-financing and therefore be liable for your fees. For more details of support available to students and to apply for funding, visit www.saas.gov.uk or call 0300 555 0505. NB Information on fees is correct at the time of publication but may be subject to alteration and revision. Applicants can contact the University’s Finance Office on tel 44 (0)141 848 3190/3351/3196 for advice and further information. STUDENT LOANS Student Loans are processed via the Student Loans Company Ltd, tel 0800 40 50 10 or visit www.slc.co.uk Students should apply via the Student Awards Agency for Scotland (SAAS) or their Local Education Authority. Continuing students i.e. students who entered Higher Education before 1998 should contact the University’s Student Services who will be able to help with enquiries on eligibility: Ayr Campus tel 44 (0)1292 886267 Dumfries Campus tel 44 (0)1387 734279 Hamilton Campus tel 44 (0)1698 283100 ext 8248 Paisley Campus tel 44 (0)141 848 3803 SELF-FINANCING STUDENTS Scottish and EU students who are not eligible for funding are regarded as self-financing students. A standard one-module deposit (£305 at time of print) will be required at time of enrolment, with balance due on receipt of invoice. Alternatively, if you wish to pay by instalments, you are required to set up a recurring debit/credit card payment. Details of our current tuition fees and our online payment facility can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/finance DEGREE COURSES IN NURSING & MIDWIFERY Health Department bursaries are available for these courses. For further information, please contact the School of Health, Nursing & Midwifery on 44 (0)141 849 4200.

Page – 205

STUDENTS FROM ENGLAND, WALES, NORTHERN IRELAND, THE CHANNEL ISLANDS AND THE ISLE OF MAN For applicants normally resident in England, Wales and Northern Ireland there will be a requirement to pay an annual tuition fee, for the 2013/14 academic year this is £7,250 for fulltime undergraduate students. See our website for the latest fee information. Tuition fees are subject to means testing by the appropriate Local Education Authority (LEA) or Library Board. It is important that students apply to the appropriate funding body to have their fees, or a portion of their fees, paid. Applicants should contact their Local Education Authority or the free student support line on 0800 731 9133.

INTERNATIONAL (NON-EU) STUDENTS Undergraduate fees for international (non-EU) students for 2013/14 are: • arts-based (£10,000)* • science-based (£10,500)* *The figures quoted for the University’s international tuition fees include all tuition, registration and examination costs.

Applicants from the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man – special arrangements exist and you should contact the appropriate student awards section.

All international (non-EU) students are required to have paid 50% of their fees on or before enrolment. The second instalment is due at the start of Trimester 2, but no later than the end of the week of formal classes commencing

Bursaries In 2013, our full fee paying undergraduate students from England, Wales, Northern Ireland, Channel Islands and Isle of Man can get up to £6000 to help with living costs while studying at UWS. Eligibility conditions apply – please see our website for details. Bursaries for 2014 are still to be confirmed, keep checking the website for up-dates. SELF-FINANCING STUDENTS Scottish and EU students who are not eligible for funding are regarded as self-financing students. A standard one-module deposit (£305 at time of print) will be required at time of enrolment, with balance due on receipt of invoice. Alternatively, if you wish to pay by instalments, you are required to set up a recurring debit/credit card payment. Details of our current tuition fees and our online payment facility can be found at www.uws.ac.uk/finance COMPANY SPONSORSHIP If your fees are being fully or partly paid by an organisation or a sponsor, you must complete a sponsor authorisation form, which can be downloaded from www.uws.ac.uk/financeforms This must be completed and returned to the Finance Office prior to your enrolment. You can also email it to fees@uws.ac.uk Please note that you are responsible for your tuition fees until they are paid in full by your sponsor.

INTERNATIONAL (NON-EU) TUITION FEE PAYMENT AND DISCOUNTS The fees shown include all tuition, registration, and examination costs. International students will be required to pay a £3,500 deposit before their CAS (Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies) is issued.

There is a 10% fee discount offered to those international (non-EU) students paying their full tuition fee prior to or on enrolment, provided this is within one week of formal classes commencing (please note that the 10% discount does not apply to those students paying over 2 instalments). INTERNATIONAL (NON-EU) SCHOLARSHIPS A number of international scholarships are available and many of our international students are eligible for an award. In 2013/14, this amounted to an award of £1,500 on receipt of a completed application with associated documentation. Find out more at www.uws.ac.uk/scholarships Further details on the fees for undergraduate, postgraduate courses and research opportunities are available from the University’s Finance Office on tel 44 (0)141 848 3196/3351/3190 or visit www.uws.ac.uk/finance INTERNATIONAL (NON-EU) ACCOMMODATION DISCOUNTS Provided applications are made by 27 July, all single, non-EU international students are guaranteed a place in University accommodation and EU students are given priority for remaining places. Full-time, fee paying international (non EU) students (excluding MSc students at the dissertation part of their studies) are eligible for a 5% discount on the full accommodation fee, after deduction of any bursary, if they pay their accommodation fees in full within 7 days of their arrival date. Evidence of full payment must be provided to the accommodation unit within 7 days of the student’s actual arrival date to have the 5% discount applied. No discounts will be given in the event of late arrival for any courses or to students undertaking discounted courses.

International (non-EU) students may be eligible for a £1000 bursary towards their accommodation. All tuition fees and a minimum of 50% of accommodation fees have to be paid to qualify for £1000 deducted at the beginning of the 1st trimester. Alternatively, providing pre-payments are met as required, £500 may be deducted at the beginning of the 1st trimester and a further £500 deducted in the 2nd trimester when all the accommodation fees for the first trimester are paid. UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS The University is regularly supported by organisations who offer scholarships/ bursaries to eligible students. Students are encouraged to apply to trust funds for additional funding. SAAS (Student Awards Agency for Scotland) maintain the Register of Educational Endowments which is a list of educational trusts in Scotland. They will search their database if you complete an enquiry form. You can also use Family Actions Educational Grants Advisory Service online trust fund search which is available through the University website. Details and advice on scholarships and trust funds are available at the University’s Student Services, telephone: Ayr Campus tel 44 (0)1292 886267 Dumfries Campus tel 44 (0)1387 734279 Hamilton Campus tel 44 (0)1698 894448 Paisley Campus tel 44 (0)141 848 3803 or visit www.uws.ac.uk/fundingadvice WITHDRAWAL FEE If you change course or withdraw from your course, you must contact the Finance Office to discuss any financial implications and pro-rata charges. Please note, this applies to all students, including those sponsored by SAAS. GRADUATION REGISTRATION You will be required to pay a £40 graduation registration fee in order to graduate.


Important notice to all applicants

University terms and conditions All students will be required, as a condition of enrolment, to abide by, and submit to, the procedures of the University’s Regulations as amended from time to time. A copy of the current regulations, including the disciplinary regulations, can be consulted in the University Library and is available at www.uws.ac.uk/ regulatory framework or on request from the Court & Senate Office, University of the West of Scotland, Paisley Campus PA1 2BE, Scotland. The University will use all reasonable endeavours to deliver programmes in accordance with the descriptions as set out in the prospectus. In exceptional circumstances, for example due to severe weather, industrial action, construction works, regulatory/compliance matters or other circumstances beyond the University’s control which may impact on the University’s ability to deliver normal services, while every effort will be made to put in place contingency arrangements to minimise disruption to students this may not always be avoidable. The University intends to offer the range of provision outlined in the University prospectus but as this is produced up to a year before our programmes are offered there may need to be changes from time to time. The University therefore: • reserves the right to make variations to the contents or methods of delivery of programmes including campus location, to discontinue modules and programmes and to merge and combine programmes, if such action is reasonably considered to be necessary by the University. If the University discontinues any programme on which students are already enrolled, it will use its reasonable endeavours to provide a suitable alternative programme. If it makes major changes to any programme on which students are already enrolled it will advise the students as soon as the University believes it is in a position to usefully do so and provide full academic guidance • reserves the right to make amendments to its Regulatory Framework which govern its academic awards with the aim of maintaining high standards and with the student experience in mind. The University publishes its Regulations with a summary of all changes each year. Students will be bound by the regulations currently approved by Senate for implementation during the session in which the student is enrolled. By enrolling on an annual basis students confirm their acceptance of the University Regulations

Page – 206

cannot accept any responsibility, and expressly excludes liability, for damage to students’ property and transfer of computer viruses to students’ equipment

In line with the University Tuition Fee Management Policy and Procedure, (www.uws.ac.uk/debtpolicy) students may not be able to participate in a graduation ceremony if they remain in debt to the University. The University collects and processes information about its applicants, potential applicants and students for academic, administrative, management, pastoral and health and safety reasons and some of this information may constitute sensitive personal data in terms of the Data Protection Act 1998. Agreement to this is necessary by all enrolled applicants and students and the information will be processed in accordance with the University’s Notification with the Information Commissioner under the Data Protection Act 1998, and is disclosed to third parties only with the student’s consent, or to meet a statutory obligation or in accordance with the said Notification. The University is committed to reducing the environmental impact of its activities and, working with applicants, students and staff, it will strive to create an even more environmentally friendly ethos. Your rights and responsibilities Your rights • to have access to current and accurate information on the following: – your modules and programmes of study – student representation on University Committees – where relevant, arrangements for industrial placement on course/ programme of study – University Regulations – University Complaints Procedure – University Single Equality Scheme – University facilities • to be provided with teaching and learning programmes in accordance with published programme specifications and module descriptors • to be informed of the nature, method and scheduling of assessments to be completed during the programme of study • to be assessed and re-assessed in accordance with the appropriate programme and University regulations • to have access to the University’s information, advice and guidance services • to have enquiries dealt with courteously and promptly • to have formal complaints and appeals processed through fair and efficient complaints and appeals procedures

to have the opportunity to provide feedback and express views on the standard and operation of programmes and teaching throughout the University

Your responsibilities Each student of the University has the following responsibilities: • to take your studies seriously, use the Library and other education support facilities, seek advice from your tutors where appropriate, and to notify your tutors of any difficulties you may be experiencing • to attend, unless with good reason for absence, in line with the University’s Student Engagement Policy, all taught elements of the programme of study and all assessments for the programme of study • to submit all coursework and assessments by the specified deadline • to provide medical certification or other documentation relating to any period of absence from the programme of study, in line with the University’s Student Engagement Policy • to be familiar with and abide by the University Regulations • to contribute to the University’s continuing monitoring procedures by providing feedback when requested on the standard and operation of programmes and teaching throughout the University • to pay fees (or arrange for them to be paid) promptly as required by the University • all University staff and students deserve to be treated with respect. Students should display good conduct and respect for all members of the University community and also show respect for University property and equipment • to maintain the good name of the University when outside its precincts • to act in accordance with relevant University policies as they apply to students. These are referenced in student handbooks and on our website THE DATA PROTECTION ACT 1998 The University is registered as a data user with the Office of the Information Commissioner and undertakes to maintain student data in secure conditions and to process and disclose data only within the terms of its registration. The Student Privacy Notice details the purposes for which data relating to its student population are processed and to whom student data may be disclosed. Under the Data Protection Act 1998 students have a right to access current personal information held by the University and a right to object to data processing that causes damage and distress. For details of these procedures please contact the University Data Protection Officer (tel +44 (0)141 848 3699).

Complaints Procedure The University is committed to providing high-quality services for its students. However, it recognises that students, applicants, or members of the public may have legitimate complaints about the services or facilities provided by the University. Therefore the University has a Complaints Procedure which should be used in these instances. Further details on this procedure are available from www.uws.ac.uk/complaints The remit of the Scottish Public Services Ombudsman includes the University, and complaints that are not satisfactorily resolved may be referred to the Ombudsman. Normally this should be within 12 months of an issue arising. Further information about the role of the Ombudsman is available from www.scottishombudsman.org.uk/ Smoke-free Policy The University operates a smoke-free policy at Ayr, Hamilton and Paisley campuses. In Dumfries, because the campus does not belong to UWS, the policy cannot apply in the same way. However, the University strongly advocates maintaining a smoke-free environment at Dumfries Campus. Visit www.uws.ac.uk/ smokefree for more details.


Undergraduate Prospectus 2014

INDEX A Accommodation Accounting Adult Nursing Aircraft Engineering Applications Applied Biomedical Science Applied Bioscience Applied Bioscience (CertHE) Applied Bioscience with Forensic Investigation Applied Bioscience and Zoology Applied Enterprise (Creative Industries) Applied Enterprise (Lifestyle and Wellbeing) Ayr Campus

79 40

B Biomedical Science Broadcast Production Business Business and English Language Business Technology

169 112 80 81 96

C Campuses Chemical Engineering Chemistry Childhood Studies Civil Engineering Commercial Music Commercial Sound Production Community Learning & Participation Computer-Aided Design Computer Animation Computer Animation (with option in Digital Art) Computer Games Development Computer Games Technology Computer Networking Computing Contemporary Screen Acting Criminal Justice

48 78 154 138 202 169 165 166 167 168 79

P H, P H

M Marketing Mechanical Engineering Mechatronics Mental Health Nursing Midwifery Motorsport Design Engineering Music Technology Musical Theatre

86 143 144 156 157 145 103 119

H P A, D

O Occupational Safety & Health Open Days

173 13, 203

P Paisley Campus Performance Physics Physics with Nuclear Technology Politics Product Design & Development Psychology (BA) Psychology (BSc)

46 120 174 175 187 146 188 176

R Research Retail Management

25 87

A, H, P A, D, H, P Y

D

P A A, D, H, P A, P P

34 139 170 128 140 113 114 129 141 97

P P A, D, H P A C H P P

97 98 99 100 101 115 184

P A, H, P P A, H, P A, D, H, P A H

D Data Protection Digital Art Dumfries Campus

206 116 42

A

E Education Engineering Management English language requirements Environmental Health Erasmus Events Management

130 142 204 171 27 82

H, P

F Finance Filmmaking & Screen-writing Forensic Science

205 117 172

A P

H Hamilton Campus Human Resource Management

44 83

P

I Information Technology Integrated Public Service International applications International Finance and Accounting

102 155 202 84

J Journalism

118 H

L Languages Law and Business

27 85

Page – 207

A H P

A, D, H, P P H

H, P

S Science (Cert HE) Scottish Baptist College Social Policy Social Science Social Sciences with programme options Social Work Sociology Sport at UWS Sport & Exercise Science^ Sport Coaching^ Sport Development* Sports Journalism Student Link Student Support Students’ Association Students with Disabilities Study in Scotland

186 191 190 63 198 199 200 121 29 29 60 203 66

T Tourism Management

88

U UCAS University terms and conditions

202 206

W Web and Mobile Development

104

177 203 189 185

Campus key Ayr Hamilton Dumfries Paisley College partners Ayr College Cumbernauld College Stow College *subject to University approval ^subject to revalidation

P P H A, D, H, P H, P H P S P

A P P P P P P

H, P P P H P D, P P H H H H

P

P

A H D P Y C S


Further information

An Inclusive Institution The University has a tradition of widening access to Higher Education from all sectors of the community and in attracting students from under represented socio-economic backgrounds. This commitment extends to applicants and students, regardless of their background, culture or other protected equality characteristic. Our staff work to promote understanding and integration and will not tolerate exclusion, bullying, harassment or victimisation of students. Students have a responsibility to abide by the University’s commitment to eliminate discrimination, promote equality of opportunity and promote understanding between people of diverse backgrounds. Full details are available at www.uws.ac.uk/equality

Campuses Ayr Campus University Avenue, Ayr KA8 0SX Scotland Tel +44 (0)1292 886000 Dumfries Campus Dudgeon House, Dumfries DG1 4ZN Scotland Tel +44 (0)1387 345800 Hamilton Campus Almada Street, Hamilton ML3 0JB Scotland Tel +44 (0)1698 283100 Paisley Campus Paisley PA1 2BE Scotland Tel +44 (0)141 848 3000 Contact us University Direct 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 outwith UK) uni-direct@uws.ac.uk www.uws.ac.uk

Photography John Barnes, Gordon Burniston, Armando Ferrari, Keith Hunter, Daniel Ibbotson, iStock, Brian Sweeney, RED 10 Design and Art Direction GraphicalHouse www.graphicalhouse.com

Page – 208


WANT MORE UWS? Discover more online at www.uws.ac.uk

UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2014 UWS 2014_4pp_Cover_ART .indd 2

Find us on Facebook facebook.com/UniWestofScotland and follow us on Twitter twitter.com/UniWestScotland or watch all our latest video content on Youtube.

ALREADY APPLIED? Keep up-to-date with what’s new at UWS at www.youruniversity.uws.ac.uk

NB Please note information in this prospectus is correct at time of print but may be subject to change at a later date. This prospectus is available electronically and in other formats if required. University of the West of Scotland is a registered Scottish charity. Charity number SC002520.

30/04/2013 11:40


CAMPUSES DUMFRIES CAMPUS

HAMILTON CAMPUS

PAISLEY CAMPUS

UNIVERSITY AVENUE

DUDGEON HOUSE

ALMADA STREET

PAISLEY

AYR

DUMFRIES

HAMILTON

PA1 2BE

KA8 0SX

DG1 4ZN

ML3 0JB

SCOTLAND

SCOTLAND

SCOTLAND

SCOTLAND

TEL +44 (0)141 848 3000

TEL +44 (0)1292 886000

TEL +44 (0)1387 345800

TEL +44 (0)1698 283100

WWW.UWS.AC.UK 0800 027 1000 (44 141 849 4101 OUTWITH UK) UNI-DIRECT@UWS.AC.UK (INTERNATIONAL EMAIL ENQUIRIES – INTERNATIONAL@UWS.AC.UK)

WHAT TO EXPECT 2014 UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2014 WWW.UWS.AC.UK UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2014

AYR CAMPUS

UCAS INSTITUTION CODE U40

UWS 2014_4pp_Cover_ART .indd 1

WWW.UWS.AC.UK UCAS INSTITUTION CODE U40

PARTTIME OPTIONS INVESTMENT PROGRAMME

ADVANCED ENTRY

INDUSTRYSTANDARD FACILITIES

PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE

ON-CAMPUS ACCOMMODATION

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION

STUDENT EXPERIENCE

CAREER FOCUSED COURSES

QUALITY OF LIFE

CAMPUSES STUDY ABROAD

GOOD TRANSPORT LINKS 30/04/2013 11:40


2014 Undergraduate Prospectus for University of the West of Scotland